The Jesuits were once such a powerful force in the Roman Catholic Church that their elected leader was unofficially called
the "black pope," a nod both to his influence and to the order's predeliction for simple black cassocks. Indeed, it is said
that the rest of the Church never allowed a Jesuit to be elected to the real papacy for fear of concentrating too much power
in the hands of the order. On Saturday, Jan. 19, the Society of Jesus — the order's formal name — elected a new
"black pope." Will he be able to help them regain the influence they've lost over the last few decades as their increasingly
progressive reputation has clashed with recent traditionalist popes?
The gathering of 217 Jesuit leaders in Rome chose little-known Father Adolfo Nicolas, 71, as their new "Superior General",
a position that has historically been a lifetime posting. The leader of the Jesuits has sway over a network of priests, universities,
hospitals and other missionary institutions around the globe. Though there was no real white smoke to alert the world that
they'd found a new leader, as there is in the conclave of Cardinals that elects the Pope, the vote is nonetheless a sacred
and secret affair. An oath of loyalty is recited before the balloting, and tradition holds that all voting members remain
closed in the hall after a decision is reached, while a single messenger brings the name of the new leader to the Pope, who
must be the first non-Jesuit to get the news.
Once that happened Saturday morning, the Jesuits' modern press operation quickly sent out a press release biography, and
a rare photo of the bespectacled new leader. Indeed Nicolas, who has lived almost uninterruptedly in the Far East since 1964,
was not on the shortlist of those experts trying to predict who would get the nod. One Jesuit source said, only half-jokingly,
after learning of the choice: "He doesn't like Rome."
Still, Nicolas will be trading in his sashimi for spaghetti, as the Jesuit creed requires priests to follow new missions
to whatever part of the globe is required. After his early training in Spain, Nicolas studied in Japan and was ordained in
Tokyo in 1967. Following four years of study at the Pontifical Gregorian University in Rome, he then returned to the Far East,
with subsequent stints in the Philippines and Japan. Nicolas had spent the last three years running Jesuit operations in East
Asia and Oceania, an administrative experience that will serve him in his new job of managing 20,000 priests across the globe.
The Asian experience is an old strength of the order: St. Francis Xavier being the Jesuit's great Apostle to the East,
who converted hundreds in Japan, died off the coast of China and has his body enshrined in the Indian city of Goa. Jesuits
converted the last survivors of the Ming dynasty to Catholicism as they fled the Manchu invaders in the mid-17th century.
But Nicolas also brings in another important strand of history: he hails from the northern city of Palencia, not too far from
hometown of St. Ignatius of Loyola, the 16th century Basque soldier who founded the Society of Jesus. The Jesuits eventually
became the shock troops of the Church as it fought the Reformation, terrorizing Protestant regimes from England to the Netherlands
to Sweden.
But Nicolas' biography shares a striking parallel with another of his more recent predecessors. Pedro Arrupe, the charismatic
and controversial Superior General from 1965 until 1983, was another Spaniard who rose up through the ranks in Japan before
being chosen to lead the Jesuits. Arrupe's reign was marked by progressive challenges to the Church establishment, including
clashes with both Pope Paul VI and Pope John Paul II. Arrupe's reign, consistent with order's history of experiments with
theology and philosophy, saw the rise of radical Jesuit participation in politics, from the anti-war movement in the U.S.
in the 1960s to the liberation theology that swept Latin America. That kind of leftist activism was too much for the anti-Communist
John Paul II. The Jesuits were eclipsed by the staunchly traditionalist Opus Dei.
His successor, a low-key Dutch priest named Peter-Hans Kolvenbach, was credited with reestablishing a serene rapport with
top Vatican officials. Last year, Pope Benedict XVI accepted Kolvenbach's unprecedented request to retire from what had always
been a lifetime posting.
Whether Nicolas turns out to be cut more from the Arrupe or Kolvenbach mold remains to be seen. A Jesuit source in Rome
said that the new boss had ruffled Vatican feathers in 1998 with his role in a request by Asian bishops for more local authority
for Church decisions. If that is an omen for the nature of his administration, the new black pope may find himself clashing
with the regular Pope, who has reaffirmed that ultimate authority lies with the Vatican.
There has apparently already been some papal concern about the Jesuit's relatively liberal perspectives. In a letter last
week to Kolvenbach, on the eve of the election of his successor and a month-long meeting of a congregation of Jesuit leaders,
Benedict implored the order to hold firm in Catholic tradition on matters of morality and sexuality. "It could prove extremely
useful that the general congregation reaffirm, in the spirit of St. Ignatius, its own total adhesion to Catholic doctrine,
in particular on those
Pope Benedict XVI announced today that he will resign Feb. 28, saying his role requires "both strength of mind and body."
The pope's decision makes him the first pontiff to resign in nearly 600 years. A conclave to elect a new pope will take
place before the end of March. The 85-year-old pope announced the decision to resign in Latin during a meeting of Vatican
cardinals.
"After having repeatedly examined my conscience before God, I have come to the certainty that my strengths due to an advanced
age are no longer suited to an adequate exercise of the Petrine ministry," he said. "I am well aware that this ministry, due
to its essential spiritual nature, must be carried out not only by words and deeds but no less with prayer and suffering."
Pope Benedict XVI was the oldest pope to be elected at age 78 on April 19, 2005. He was the first German pope since the 11th century and
his reign will rank as one of the shortest in history at seven years, 10 months and three days.
The last pope to resign was Pope Gregory XII, who stepped down in 1415.
Vatican officials said they've noticed that he had been getting weaker, while Benedict said he is aware of the significance
of his decision and made it freely.
Congress Should Grill the FCC Over Redacted Google Wi-Fi Snooping Report
Google released a mostly uncensored version of the FCC’s report on the Street View privacy debacle over the weekend,
and the new revelations in the document will undoubtedly prompt privacy groups and Congress to demand further investigations
and sanctions. And justifiably so. The full FCC report reveals that Google’s systematic interception of Wi-Fi content
was intentional, and not the “mistake” that senior executives have repeatedly claimed in the past.
But while Google should certainly be raked over the coals by privacy hawks on Capitol Hill, I don’t think Congress
should stop there. The FCC must be next in line.
Chris Soghoian
For several years, Google has repeatedly insisted that the capture of payload data by the company was unbeknownst to them,
the work of a single engineer acting on his own initiative. The FCC report (.pdf) states, however, that the code “was deliberately written to capture payload data” and that the engineer
who wrote it (in his 20% time), told several colleagues about its capabilities — including, in writing, a senior manager.
None of those details emerged when the FCC first released its post-investigation report two weeks ago. That’s because the FCC opted to use page-long black redaction boxes — the kind commonly seen in
CIA torture memos – to bury those sections of the report, keeping the public from learning about the extent to which Google had lied
about its deliberate collection of Wi-Fi content data.
The FCC’s redactions led the media to focus on far less important issues, such as the number of seconds that it would take Google to pay off the pathetic $25,000 fine the FCC levied for Google’s reluctance to cooperate in the investigation, and the fact that the still-unnamed engineer
invoked his 5th Amendment rights.
The FCC redacted the most incriminating portions of its report on Google's Wi-Fi sniffing (top).
Google wound up releasing the redacted text itself (bottom). Click for full size.
The media didn’t screw
up. It was essentially misled by a federal agency, which for some reason found it necessary to shield Google’s reputation.
Google ultimately decided to publish the more complete version of the report this weekend (initially via an exclusive provided to the Los Angeles Times), just a few days after the Electronic Privacy Information Center, a Washington,
D.C. public interest group, filed a Freedom of Information Act request with the FCC for a copy of the full report. Had the group not filed the request and forced Google’s hand, the public
still might not know the full story.
The FCC can and should have told the public
Now that Google’s prior statements have been shown to be less than truthful, I’m sure that some advocates will
criticize the FCC for shuttering its investigation.
I won’t do this. It is quite possible that the FCC staffers quoted anonymously by the New York Times are correct in their belief that outdated U.S. electronic privacy laws do not provide the
FCC with sufficient legal authority to go after a company that intercepts Wi-Fi payload data. My own former employer, the
Federal Trade Commission, similarly closed its own investigation into Google’s Wi-Fi snooping with a mildly worded letter (.pdf). Although I was not permitted to work on the investigation due to a conflict, it is my personal belief that the FTC’s
narrow “unfairness” and “deception” authority left it without a legal hook to go after Google for
this particular privacy violation, and the FCC might well be in a similar position.
However, even if the FCC lacked the legal authority punish Google, nothing prevented the agency from alerting the public,
the media, and Congress to the full extent of Google’s sins. Instead, the agency opted to keep the public in the dark.
The FCC has yet to reveal the reasons why it opted to so heavily redact the most damning portions of the Google WiFi report.
Congress should not wait for the FCC to volunteer an explanation. It should demand answers.
Under legislation expected in next month's Queen's Speech, internet companies will be instructed to install hardware enabling
GCHQ – the Government's electronic "listening" agency – to examine "on demand" any phone call made, text message
and email sent, and website accessed in "real time", The Sunday Times reported.
A previous attempt to introduce a similar law was abandoned by the former Labour government in 2006 in the face of fierce
opposition.
However ministers believe it is essential that the police and security services have access to such communications data
in order to tackle terrorism and protect the public.
Although GCHQ would not be able to access the content of such communications without a warrant, the legislation would enable
it to trace people individuals or groups are in contact with, and how often and for how long they are in communication.
The Home Office confirmed that ministers were intending to legislate "as soon as parliamentary time allows".
"It is vital that police and security services are able to obtain communications data in certain circumstances to investigate
serious crime and terrorism and to protect the public. We need to take action to maintain the continued availability of communications
data as technology changes," a spokesman said.
"Communications data includes time, duration and dialling numbers of a phone call, or an email address. It does not include
the content of any phone call or email and it is not the intention of Government to make changes to the existing legal basis
for the interception of communications."
Nick Pickles, director of the Big Brother Watch campaign group, said: "This is an unprecedented step that will see Britain
adopt the same kind of surveillance seen in China and Iran.
"This is an absolute attack on privacy online and it is far from clear this will actually improve public safety, while
adding significant costs to internet businesses.
"If this was such a serious security issue why has the Home Office not ensured these powers were in place before the Olympics?"
Shami Chakrabarti, director of the civil rights group Liberty, said that both the Conservatives and the Liberal Democrats
had resisted the plan when they were in opposition.
"There is an element of whoever you vote for the empire strikes back," she told Sky News's Murnaghan programme.
"This is more ambitious than anything that has been done before. It is a pretty drastic step in a democracy.
"It was resisted under the last government. The coalition bound itself together in the language of civil liberties. Do
they still mean it?"
Conservative backbencher Margot James said ministers would come under pressure to water down the proposals as the legislation
passed through Parliament.
"I am sure there will be considerable pressure brought to bear as the proposals are debated for protections to be built
in to protect people's privacy," she told the Murnaghan programme.
The anti-depressant fraud toothpaste is out of the tube, at least partly. A Harvard Medical School psychologist,
Irving Kirsch, who has been studying placebo effects for three decades, recently came up with the documented conclusion that
pharmaceutical anti-depressants don’t work.
This is big news for many Natural News readers and writers. But this conclusion had the prescription-pad psychiatrists
and FDA crying foul, loudly. Why? Kirsch’s conclusion was featured in a national CBS 60 Minutes television
report.
Even more importantly, Kirsch’s conclusion was evidence based on documents from obtained using the Freedom of Information
Act (FOIA). Those documents were trial results from drug companies that were not published and presented to the FDA.
Drug companies pay the FDA for approving their drugs. But the FDA doesn’t do the trials or reports. They simply take
them from the drug companies who all do their own trials and decide which reports to publish and submit.
Kirsch discovered that most anti-depressant trials showed no proof of efficacy. Those results were simply hidden from view.
So if 12 tests were done, and only two showed any efficacy at all, those two would be submitted to the FDA, and the FDA would
essentially say “pay your fee and go to market.”
After analyzing the results of all the tests he was able to procure via FOIA, Kirsch concluded that anti-depressant drugs
had only a placebo effect on patients with mild to moderate depression. In other words, a sugar pill would suffice. He went
public with this conclusion.
CBS did a limited hangout
A limited hangout is intelligence spook speak for letting out just enough information to appease investigations or grass
roots suspicions. But only part of the picture is revealed, not the whole big picture.
CBS did not reveal the horrible side effects from anti-depressants and psychotropic drugs. They did interview a British
medical official who was part of a UK commission that banned anti-depressant use on mild to moderately depressed patients.
He reasoned that since most moderately depressed patients can be handled by talk therapy and physical exercise, why
expose them to the risk of adverse effects. Sixty Minutes didn’t follow up on that angle.
Here in the States, where pharmaceuticals are advertised in newspapers and magazines, radio, and especially TV, anyone
seeing happy actors proclaiming how and an anti-depressant changed their lives can almost demand that drug from even a primary
care physician, and usually get it.
Even Medscape lists these side effects from SSRI and SNRI anti-depressants: Abnormal bleeding, hepatitis, headache, hyponatrenia
(potentially deadly low sodium), toxic epidermal necrolysis (potentially deadly skin death), impotence, abnormal sensations,
mania and suicide.
These are not your normal mild nausea or mild rash side effects. While some quit those drugs in time, the last few side
effects especially have led to a very high rate of suicides and homicides among anti-depressant pill poppers (http://www.naturalnews.com/022743.html).
As Heidi Stevenson of Gaia-Blog said, “Can we finally put to rest any claims from psychiatry that what they do is
based on evidence, especially the so-called gold standard of placebo-controlled double blind studies … Please?”
The U.S. Senate will debate a controversial Hollywood-backed copyright bill as soon as senators return in January.
A vote on the Protect IP Act, a close cousin of the Stop Online Piracy Act, or SOPA, will be held January 24, thanks to a last-minute push by Majority Leader Harry Reid (D-Nev.) over the weekend.
Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid, who calls Protect IP "a bipartisan piece of legislation which is
extremely important."
(Credit: U.S. Senate)
"This is a bipartisan piece of legislation which is extremely important," Reid said Saturday. "I repeat, it is bipartisan.
I hope we can have a productive couple of days, pass this bill, and move on to other matters."
Both Protect IP and SOPA have earned the enmity of Silicon Valley companies, Internet engineers, venture capitalists, civil
libertarians, and a growing number of Internet users (PDF) because of the methods they use to make suspected piratical Web sites virtually disappear from the Internet. Harvard Law
professor Laurence Tribe, author of the treatise American Constitutional Law, says this approach violates the First Amendment.
On Saturday, as the Senate was preparing to adjourn until 2012, Reid proposed that the initial debate on Protect IP would
take place at 2:15 p.m. ET on January 24, one day after senators return from the holidays.
"I am pleased the majority leader has filed a motion to proceed to the Protect IP Act," Sen. Patrick Leahy (D-Vt.), Protect
IP's author, said afterward. "The costs of online infringement are American jobs, harm to America's economy, and very real
threats to consumers' safety. The answer cannot simply be to do nothing."
In the House of Representatives, allies of the Motion Picture Association of America and the Recording Association of America
also are moving with dispatch. Even though the House is likely not to be in session then, SOPA author Lamar Smith (R-Tex.) has scheduled a vote on the legislation and related amendments for Wednesday, just in case.
"From our perspective we don't understand the rush, especially when these are dramatic policy changes with regard to the
Internet," Markham Erickson, head of NetCoalition, whose members include Amazon.com, eBay, Yahoo, and Google, told CNET today. "We think they ought to be handled in a very
thoughtful and careful way."
One explanation for the rush to vote is that a groundswell of opposition among Internet users has become better organized
and higher-profile in the last month--meaning that if SOPA and Protect IP supporters move quickly, they may be able to send
one version of the legislation or another to President Obama for his signature.
Nearly 90,000 Tumblr users telephoned Congress to register their disagreement, and another 10,000 did using Engine Advocacy's Web site. More than 1 million people have signed a petition posted by the Avaaz.org advocacy group; over 700,000 people chose to "like" the AmericanCensorship.org anti-SOPA site.
Sen. Ron Wyden, a foe of Protect IP, has threatened to filibuster it on the Senate floor. "I will be working with colleagues
on both sides of the aisle over the next month to explain the basis for this widespread concern, and I intend to follow through
on a commitment that I made more than a year ago, to filibuster this bill when the Senate returns in January," he said over the weekend.
Reid's motion to end debate, which would require a three-fifths supermajority of 60 senators to invoke a procedure called
"cloture," is a preemptive strike against Wyden's promised filibuster.
Invoking cloture would impose a 30-hour limit on the motion to end debate. There would then be a second 30-hour period
on the bill itself, and a third 30-hour period if supporters want to amend Protect IP from the version approved by a committee in May.
Obtaining 60 votes to end Wyden's filibuster curb debate, however, may not be that difficult for Hollywood's allies in
the Senate: Protect IP already has 41 sponsors. (During last week's House Judiciary hearing, copyright enthusiasts outnumbered critics of the bill by margins of three-to-one or four-to-one.)
A representative for Wyden, who has offered an alternative proposal, told CNET today that her boss is undaunted:
It’s too late to keep details of deadly flu a secret! U.S. scientists say details of virus created
in laboratory ‘are already out there’, sparking renewed terror alert
A super-strain of bird flu that could infect and wipe out millions will not be published by the virologist developers.
Dutch scientists who created ‘probably one of the most dangerous viruses you can make'
have agreed to leave out details on how to construct the virus from published reports. But the scientists warned that the
data had already been shared with hundreds of researchers.
The decision was made after the US government warned releasing the details could be kill
millions of people if it was used as a weapon of biological warfare.
Deadly: The new strain of bird flu could wipe out millions of people at a time
Their research focused on what it took to convert bird flu – which can kill more than
half of those infected but does not spread easily – into a highly contagious virus.
Developer Ron Fouchier of Erasmus Medical Center in Rotterdam, Netherlands, said this knowledge would be vital for the development of vaccines and drugs to prevent a possible pandemic.
But others argue the virus should never have been created – and warn the potential
if it escaped from the lab is ‘staggering’. There are also fears the recipe will be seized on by terrorists looking
for a biological weapon.
National Science Advisory Board for Biosecurity chairman Paul Kiem, an anthrax expert, said:
‘I can’t think of another pathogenic organism that is as scary as this one. I don’t think anthrax is scary
at all compared to this.’
Ron Fouchier led a study into bird flu but he said that the work was to be used to create a vaccine
The results, which were to be published in U.S. journal Science, were impeded in an unprecedented
move by the National Science Advisory Board for Biosecurity, ABCNews reported.
The group is an independent advisory committee to
the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and other government agencies.
'Due to the importance of the findings to the public health and research communities, the
NSABB recommended that the general conclusions highlighting the novel outcome be published, but that the manuscripts not include
the methodological and other details that could enable replication of the experiments by those who would seek to do harm,'
the committee said in a statement.
In response, Erasmus Medical Center said: 'The researchers have reservations about this recommendation but will observe it.'
In terms of how the virus will be used, Mr Fouchier said: 'We know which mutation to watch
for in the case of an outbreak, and we can then stop the outbreak before it is too late.'
'Furthermore, the finding will help in the timely development of vaccinations and medication.'
However, others pointed out that similar fears – raised six years ago when another
team of scientists recreated the Spanish flu virus that killed up to 50million in 1918 – proved groundless.
The latest controversy surrounds the H5N1 bird flu virus. In 2005, there were warnings of
a potential bird flu global pandemic which would kill hundreds of millions.
Dangerous: It is feared if new details of the avian flu is published, it could be used for bioterrorism
Of the 573 people that have caught the bug so far worldwide, 336 have died. However, the
germ’s inability to spread easily from person to person means the predicted pandemic has never materialised.
Now, scientists at the Erasmus Medical Centre in Rotterdam have created a H5N1 bird flu
that spreads as easily as winter flu.
In experiments on ferrets – whose flu symptoms are most like humans’ –
just five mutations in two key genes turned the ‘normal’ bird flu into a highly contagious, super-spreader.
The scientist behind the project, Ron Fouchier, said: ‘We now know which mutations
to watch for in the case of an outbreak and we can stop the outbreak before it is too late.’
A university spokesman said: ‘If this type of research is carried out under maximum
safety conditions, the benefits are greater than the risks.’
But Donald Henderson, an expert in biosecurity who spearheaded the worldwide drive to eradicate
smallpox, told New Scientist magazine if a highly contagious virus with a 50 per cent kill rate got loose, ‘a catastrophe
would result’.
Last night, the journal Science said the U.S. government’s request to publish only
an abbreviated version of Dr Fouchier’s work was being taken very seriously.
Science's editor-in-chief Bruce Alberts said the journal was taking the NSABB's recommendation
'very seriously' but that they have 'concerns about withholding potentially important public-health information from responsible
influenza researchers.'
'Many scientists within the influenza community have a bona fide need to know the details
of this research in order to protect the public, especially if they currently are working with related strains of the virus,'
said Alberts in a statement reported by ABCNews.
We were in a seminar room at the Chinese Executive Leadership Academy in Shanghai. It’s kind of an executive MBA
center where rising Communist Party leaders come for training. I was there two weeks ago speaking about the future of capitalism.
Since China holds more than $1.1 trillion of U.S. debt, the group was keen to learn when they could expect the United States
to get its fiscal house in order.
I gave them the answer I generally give these days when asked that same question at home. Given Republicans’ denial
about the need for taxes to rise as we double the number of seniors on Social Security and Medicare, and Democrats’
denial about the need to slow the growth of these huge programs as part of an overall fix, I explained, “We probably
won’t get serious about taking these steps until our Chinese creditors tell us we have to.”
They laughed. But after the laugh you could tell my hosts also felt empowered. They have reason to feel that way. Yet from
the American point of view, it’s not only not funny, it’s surreal.
According to the IMF, China’s GDP per capita is about $8,400. The United States’ is about $48,000. How can
it be that a country nearly six times richer is relying on a country so poor to help finance its current consumption?
Paul Calls for End to Federal Student Loan Program
Published October 23, 2011
WASHINGTON – Republican presidential contender Ron Paul said Sunday he wants to end federal student loans, calling it a failed program that has put students $1 trillion in debt when there are no jobs and when the quality of education
has deteriorated.
Paul unveiled a plan last week to cut $1 trillion from the federal budget that would eliminate
five Cabinet departments, including education. He's also wants young workers to be able to opt out of Social Security.
The student loan program is not part of those cuts, but Paul said Sunday on NBC's "Meet the Press" that he'd kill the loan program eventually if he were president. That could put him at odds with some of his young followers,
many of whom are college students.
Paul blamed government intervention in the economy for rising tuition.
"Just think of all this willingness to want to help every student get a college education," said
Paul, who graduated from Gettysburg College in Pennsylvania before earning a medical degree at the Duke University School
of Medicine. "I went to school when we had none of those. I could work my way through college and medical school because it
wasn't so expensive."
Annual tuition for Gettysburg College is $42,610 for the 2011-2012 academic year. Annual tuition
at Duke's medical school runs $46,621, according to its web site.
Amid such rising costs, borrowing for college is at record levels. The Federal Reserve Bank of
New York says students and parents took out a record $100 billion last year, and owe more on student loans -- more than $1 trillion is outstanding -- than credit cards.
When we chow down on cow, we use the term “beef” to distance what we’re putting in our mouths from the
creature placidly chewing grass in a field. When we use the term “SuperPAC” we’re engaging in another polite
euphemism to avoid upsetting those with tender ears. Beef is nothing more than sliced up cow. SuperPACs are nothing more than
stitched together bribes. Unfortunately, the same thing can be said of many politicians.
Take Rick Perry. Half of Perry’s contributions have originated with only 204 people. So many dollars coming from
so few sources means that Perry’s team is extremely aware of who puts the butter on their toast. This isn’t twenty
bucks from a million people. It’s closer to a million bucks from twenty people, and when someone contributes at that
level they don’t do it because they like a candidate’s haircut, or even his ideology. It’s not going to
the candidate with whom they’d most like to share a beer. Donors at this level share all the beers (and champagne) with
the candidates that they can guzzle.
When individuals cut checks to politicians the size of those being scribbled out to Rick Perry, it happens for one reason.
It’s an investment. In this case, it’s a pretty safe investment, because history shows that Rick Perry is a slot
machine who pays on every pull.
One share of Perry belongs to playboy billionaire Thomas Friedkin, who earned his money the old fashioned way—he
inherited it—and who used part of that money to start big game hunting preserves in Botswana and Tanzania. Rick Perry
rewarded Friedkin’s obvious love of animals (and $700k contribution) by making him head of the Texas Park and Wildlife
Commission, where he bumped the not-quite-so-generous Perry contributor who last held the position.
Another piece of PerryCo goes to home builder, Bob Perry (no relation). Not only did Bob Perry hand out $2.5m to namesake
Rick, he also passed along another $7 million to Karl Rove’s Crossroads PAC. For this, Bob was well rewarded. To help
out his pal Bob, Rick Perryshepherded through legislation forcing home buyers who were taken in by incomplete or shoddy work to go to an industry-dominated commission for “justice”
rather than a judge. For his contributions, Bob Perry got to have his lawyer design the legislation, which Rick Perry then
signed. A very good deal for Bob, and that’s even before you get to his role in passing anti-immigrant regulations.
Perhaps the biggest block of Rick Perry shares belong to garbage magnate Harold Simmons. For the $3 million he’s contributed, Simmons walked off with the whole state program for monitoring nuclear waste.
The program was turned into a private monopoly for Simmons’ company. That was just the beginning.
When Simmons’ proposed facility was sent for environmental review, it failed. The approval commission ignored the
environmental review and allowed the facility anyway. That was still just the beginning.
An empty mail box is seen at the front door of a foreclosed house in Miami Gardens, Fla. With even
more homes moving toward default, the government is looking for ways to unload them without swamping the already depressed
real estate market.
By Lorraine
Woellert and Clea Benson
updated 9/5/2011
11:12:37
For sale or rent by distressed owner: 248,000 homes. That’s how many residential
properties the U.S. government now has in its possession, the result of record numbers of people defaulting on government-backed
mortgages. Washington is sitting on nearly a third of the nation’s 800,000 repossessed houses, making the U.S. taxpayer
the largest owner of foreclosed properties. With even more homes moving toward default, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the Federal
Housing Administration are looking for a way to unload them without swamping the already depressed real estate market.
Trouble is, they haven’t figured out how to do that. The government admitted as
much in August, when Fannie, Freddie and FHA issued a joint plea to the public for ideas about how to solve the problem. (Give
it your best shot: You have until Sept. 15 to email ideas to reo.rfi@fhfa.gov.) “They’re stuck,” says Karen
Shaw Petrou, managing partner of Federal Financial Analytics, a Washington-based consultant that advises banks and other clients on government policy. “They don’t
know what to do.”
Since the 2008 financial collapse, the government has spent billions of dollars trying
to extricate borrowers from high-cost loans, aid delinquent homeowners and stabilize neighborhoods. The results have been disappointing. The Obama
Administration’s signature loan-modification program has helped about 657,000 homeowners — far short of its goal
of 3 to 4 million. The program was a victim of its complexity and its inability to cope with overwhelming demand. Many families
hit hardest by the housing downturn are concentrated in states that are having the most difficulty recovering from the recession,
including Florida, Ohio and Nevada.
The government’s call for ideas is a sign it is deluged with repossessions, commonly
known as real-estate-owned properties or REO. “It’s almost like having the captain of the Titanic go on the public
address system and say, ‘Does anybody have an idea?’” says Mark Wiseman, a former director of Cleveland’s
foreclosure-prevention program. “It’s not a confidence builder.”
Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and FHA made progress in the first half of this year, reducing
their combined backlog from 295,000 single-family homes in December to about 248,000 in June, according to the Housing and
Urban Development Dept. The nation’s total number of repossessions also fell during that period, from nearly 981,000
to about 817,500. The government’s share has remained steady at about 30 percent. In coming months, however, as lenders
and the courts clear up the “robo-signing” scandal that slowed new disclosures, the number of government-owned
properties will likely grow. More than a fifth of the 3.65 million homes for sale at the end of July were foreclosures, according
to RealtyTrac, a housing data provider.
“It isn’t necessarily our preference that FHA is going to itself continue
to hold these properties,” says FHA Acting Commissioner Carol Galante. “We want to move homes through the system
so we can recover.” The agency has to be careful as it goes, she says. “If you’re putting too much through
that system you are helping to drive down prices.” That’s especially true in regions congested with government
properties.
Shielding the market from a flood of government homes might be good for property values
and the economy. It’s not such a great deal for taxpayers, who bear the costs when government-guaranteed loans go bad and who pay for maintenance on vacant homes the feds take over. One idea the Administration is exploring: allowing
Fannie, Freddie and FHA to keep an ownership stake in the properties by converting them to rentals in partnership with private
investors. When the market recovers, the government would sell the homes for more than they could get now and not risk glutting
the market. Structured properly, such joint ventures could reduce the impact of foreclosures on struggling neighborhoods.
It’s not at all clear whether that would work on a large scale. The government would
have to spend money to bring the rental properties — many of them old and dilapidated — to code; pay still more
to insure the rentals; and build a bureaucracy to manage and maintain them. Even if they do all that, there might not be people
willing to move in. In parts of Cleveland and Detroit, for example, some houses are stripped and vandalized the minute they’re
vacant. “Some of the neighborhoods, you can’t move into,’’ says Wiseman. “There are so many
empty houses, it’s just not safe.”
In places like that, it’s sometimes difficult to convince people to stay in their
houses. Freddie Mac allows occupants of foreclosed homes to remain on a month-to-month lease until the house is sold. Few
do, says spokesman Brad German. “People prefer to take cash for keys and move on.”
The bottom line: The government, struggling to figure out what to do with 248,000 foreclosed
homes it took over, has issued a plea to the public for ideas.
Kurt Nimmo Infowars.com July 14, 201
During a U.S. House Financial Services Committee meeting held in response to rumors the Federal Reserve plans a third round
of printing fiat money out of thin air – otherwise known as quantitative easing – Ben Bernanke told congressman
Ron Paul the Fed was created to prevent the rise of financial panics.
In fact, the Federal Reserve micromanages financial panics that lead to economic depressions. Bernanke admitted this. On
November 8, 2002, he agreed with Milton Friedman, who argued that monetary forces – that is to say manipulation of the
money supply – led to the so-called Great Depression. “Regarding the Great Depression. You’re right, we
did it. We’re very sorry. But thanks to you, we won’t do it again,” Bernake said.
Historians like to say the Fed made mistakes in the lead up to and during the Great Depression. In other words, according
to the official version of history, the Fed was staffed by clueless bozos who slept through their Harvard educations.
The Fed did three things to make sure the Great Depression occurred. First, it inflated the money supply around 60% during the 1920s. This touched
off an artificial stock market boom that led directly to a crash. Second, it raised interest rates despite the fact the economy
was cooling off on its own in 1929. Third, the Fed raised interest rates again in 1931 as the economy contracted.
Instead of buying assets, the Fed forced banks to buy treasuries and this removed even more money from the economy and
led directly to people hoarding money and a cessation of economic activity.
In 1936, the Fed made sure the depression would continue by ordering banks to double their reserve requirements. Immobilizing
reserves at that time guaranteed the economy would sink back into a deep depression.
For the whole story on how the Fed destroyed the economy, read The Great Depression by Hans F. Sennholz.
Bernanke takes us for a pack of idiots. The Federal Reserve’s primary focus at this point is to destroy the U.S.
economy and eventually merge the remains into a global command economy controlled by the bankster cartel. The Constitution
and American sovereignty will be decimated in the process.
NEW YORK (Reuters) - The rules of Treasury auctions may not sound like the stuff of
high-stakes diplomacy. But a little-noticed 2009 change in how Washington sells its debt sheds new light on America's delicate
balancing act with its biggest creditor, China.
When the Treasury Department revamped its rules for participating in government bond auctions two years ago, officials
said they were simply modernizing outdated procedures.
The real reason for the change, a Reuters investigation has found, was more serious: The Treasury had concluded that China
was buying much more in U.S. government debt than was being disclosed, potentially in violation of auction rules, and it wanted
to bring those purchases into the open - all without ruffling feathers in Beijing.
Treasury officials then worked to keep the reason for the auction-rule change quiet, with the acting assistant Treasury
secretary for financial markets instructing subordinates to not mention any specific creditor's role in the matter, according to an email seen by Reuters.
Inquiries made at the time by the main trade organization for Treasury dealers elicited the explanation that the change was
a "technical modernization," according to a document seen by Reuters. There was no mention of China.
The incident calls into question just how clear a handle the Treasury has had on who is buying U.S. debt. Chinese entities
hold at least $1.115 trillion in U.S. government debt, and are thought to account for roughly 26 percent of the paper issued
by Washington, according to U.S. government data released on June 15.
China's vast Treasury holdings are both a lifeline and a vulnerability for Washington - if the Chinese sold their Treasuries
all at once, it could undermine U.S. markets and the economy by driving interest rates higher very quickly. Scenarios of this sort have been discussed in Washington defense-policy circles
for at least a year now. Not knowing the full extent of these holdings would make it even more difficult to assess China's
political leverage over U.S. finances.
The Treasury has long said that it has a diversified base of investors and isn't overly reliant on any single buyer to
digest new U.S. Treasury issuance. Evidence that China was actually buying more than disclosed would cast doubt on those assurances.
THE 'GUARANTEED' BID
The United States sells its debt to investors through auctions that are held weekly - sometimes four times per week - by
the Treasury's Bureau of the Public Debt, in batches ranging from $13 billion to $35 billion at a time. Investors can buy
the bonds directly from the Treasury at auctions, or through any of the 20 elite "primary dealers," Wall Street firms authorized to
bid on behalf of customers. The Treasury limits the amount any single bidder can purchase to 35 percent of a given auction.
Anyone who bought more than 35 percent of a particular batch of Treasury securities at a single auction would have a controlling
stake in that batch.
By the beginning of 2009, China, which uses multiple firms to buy U.S. Treasuries, was regularly doing deals that had the effect of hiding billions of dollars of purchases in each auction, according to interviews with traders at primary
dealers and documents viewed by Reuters.
Using a method of purchases known as "guaranteed bidding," China was forging gentleman's agreements with primary dealers
to purchase a certain amount of Treasury securities on offer at an auction without being reported as bidders in that auction,
according to the people interviewed. After setting the amount of Treasuries the guaranteed bidder wanted to buy, the dealer
would then buy that amount in the auction, technically on its own behalf.
To the government officials observing the auction, it would look like the dealer was buying the securities with the intent
of adding them to its own balance sheet. This technicality does not preclude selling them later in the secondary market, but
does influence the outcome of bidding in the auction, by obscuring the ultimate buyer. In fact, the dealer would simply pass
the bonds on immediately to the anonymous, guaranteed bidder at the auction price, as soon as they were issued, according
to the people interviewed.
The practice kept the true size of China's holdings hidden from U.S. view, according to Treasury dealers interviewed, and
may have allowed China at times to buy controlling stakes - more than 35 percent - in some of the securities the Treasury
issued.
The Treasury department, too, came to believe that China was breaching the 35 percent limit, according to internal documents
viewed by Reuters, though the documents do not indicate whether the Treasury was able to verify definitively that this occurred.
Guaranteed bidding wasn't illegal, but breaking the 35 percent limit would be. The Uniform Offering Circular - a document
governing Treasury auctions - says anyone who wins more than 35 percent of a single auction will have his purchase reduced
to the 35 percent limit. Those caught breaking auction rules can be barred from future auctions, and may be referred to the
Securities and Exchange Commission or the Justice Department.
The Treasury Department generally does not comment on specific investors but a source in the department said China was
not the only Treasury buyer striking guaranteed bidding deals.
People familiar with the matter named Russia as being among the guaranteed bidders. But Russia's total Treasury holdings, while significant, represent 2.8 percent of
outstanding U.S. debt, versus one-fourth for China's.
CHANGING THE RULE
Traders at primary dealers did not have the same diplomatic concerns about the level of Chinese buying. But they did have
reasons to dislike guaranteed bidding, and they began clamoring for a change. One trader said in an interview he first brought
the issue to the attention of Treasury officials in 2007.
Some primary dealers began expressing concern that the deals were opaque in a way akin to the Salomon Brothers Treasury
trading scandal in the early 1990s. In that case, traders from the securities firm submitted false bids under other bidders'
names in Treasury auctions in order to more closely control the results, and their bids altered the auction prices. The idea
that unseen bidders were again influencing auction prices raised similar concerns among traders.
There were also commercial concerns: Dealers say that knowing that the practice was going on at other firms made them less
confident they could see and understand overall patterns of buying in the Treasury market. Such visibility can be one of the
greatest benefits of being a primary dealer, since the service itself often doesn't pull in big profits directly.
Some traders at primary dealers say they simply refused to do the deals and ended up turning away customers, including
China. That irked sales colleagues who were promising clients guaranteed bidding deals.
At the beginning of 2009, Treasury officials began discussing the issue of guaranteed bidders, with a focus on China's
behavior, internal documents seen by Reuters show. The culmination of their efforts was a change to the Uniform Offering Circular
published on June 1, 2009 that eliminated the provision allowing guaranteed bidding.
Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner was in Beijing that day meeting with Chinese government officials on his first formal
visit to China since taking up his cabinet post. There is no evidence he discussed the rule change with Chinese officials
there.
A spokeswoman for the Treasury Department said: "We regularly review and update our auction rules to ensure the continued
integrity of the auction process. The auction change made in June 2009 eliminated some ambiguity in auction rules and increased
transparency, which ultimately benefits taxpayers and investors."
The rule change had an immediate impact.
In the first auctions conducted after guaranteed bidding was banned, a key metric rose sharply: the percentage of so-called
indirect bidders, those who placed their auction bids through primary dealers. Indirect bidders are seen as a proxy measure
for foreign central bank buying, because foreign central banks most often bid through primary dealers. With the elimination
of the guaranteed bidder provision, far more buyers were put in this class in reports to the Treasury Department.
The seven-year U.S. Treasury note, which was sold in sizes of between $22 billion and $28 billion once a month from February
2009 to September 2009, had an average indirect bid percentage of 33 percent from February through May. But from June to September
the average indirect bid rose to 63 percent.
Shortly after the Treasury revised the auction rules, U.S. officials learned from dealers that some bidders were seeking
to continue using guaranteed bids. According to a Treasury document, a large client asked one primary dealer whether the Treasury
might make an exception to the new rule for them. Neither the client nor the dealer were named.
Deutsche Bank, Goldman Sachs, JPMorgan, RBS Securities and UBS all received calls from clients asking for secret bid arrangements
immediately after the rule change went into effect, according to the internal Treasury document, a summary of inquiries received
seeking guidance from dealers after the rule change.
Deutsche Bank, according to the document, said their client canceled a bidding deal. Goldman told Treasury that a large client would be going to other dealers who in the past had done the deals after Goldman
turned them away, the document said.
JPMorgan asked if there were any exceptions to the new prohibition on guaranteed bids. RBS said it actually struck a deal
with a customer for a guaranteed bid after the rule change, but it used a different structure and wanted to know what was
legal. UBS told the New York Fed that its former guaranteed-bidder client would now change its behavior and buy Treasuries
in the secondary market directly after an auction, according to the document.
Spokespeople for Goldman Sachs and UBS declined to comment for this story. Deutsche Bank, RBS, and JPMorgan did not respond
to requests for comment.
The change came at a delicate time in U.S.-Chinese financial relations. China, long a major buyer of American government
securities, was at the time snapping up huge amounts of debt as Washington was suffering a sharp drop in tax revenue during
a crushing recession.
Almost all of the business of buying Treasuries on behalf of the Chinese government is conducted by China's State Administration
of Foreign Exchange (SAFE), an arm of the Chinese central bank which manages China's currency reserves, which include large amounts of U.S. Treasury bonds.
SAFE, for its part, was facing heat in China over the extent of its U.S. holdings. SAFE was hit hard by the collapse of
Lehman Brothers, the doomed investment bank that was SAFE's trading counterparty in the U.S. overnight-lending market. And
the potential losses SAFE faced upon the collapse of the U.S.-backed mortgage titans Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac whipped up
such a storm in China that Chinese officials publicly berated the Americans for lapses in financial stewardship. (For more,
click on link.reuters.com/qec28r )
SAFE officials in Beijing did not respond to a request for comment.
After evidence mounted that China was disconcerted by the auction-rule change, U.S. officials moved to tweak the system,
to offset some of the pinch of the stricter bidding rules. The move gave big buyers a way to maintain some anonymity, by increasing
the amount of securities it was possible to buy at a single auction without having to declare the purchase in a letter to
the New York Fed.
The old requirement stipulated that any purchase of $750 million in Treasury securities had to be declared by the buyer
in a letter to the New York Fed. Officials increased the threshold to $2 billion.
'TECHNICAL MODERNIZATION'
The official explanation for eliminating guaranteed bidders did not mention foreign central banks at all. It focused instead
on "technical modernization" of auction rules.
One government official warned others in a written message "not to include the words 'China' or 'SAFE' in email subjects."
The Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association, the main trade organization for Treasury dealers, asked the Treasury
in early June 2009 to explain the change. The Treasury's response: It had found that a detail in its auction rules no longer
applied to the way auctions were conducted, and so the rule was changed, according to an internal Treasury memo.
Separately, the Treasury's acting assistant secretary for financial markets, Karthik Ramanathan, told subordinates in an
email: "Please let's stick to the 'Modernization of Auction Rules' when outside requests come in on the (rule) change. Please
DO NOT emphasize the guaranteed bid portion, or mention any specific investors."
Ramanathan, who left the Treasury in March of 2010 and is now senior vice president and director of bonds at Fidelity Investments
in Merrimack, New Hampshire, declined to comment.
The Federal Reserve Bank of New York, which interacts directly with primary dealers on Treasury auctions, issued a strongly
worded letter on June 23, 2009, dealers say, urging them to "comply with the spirit as well as the letter of this recent auction
rule clarification."
"That was how we knew they wanted us to tell them who was buying what," said a trader at one primary dealer.
The FBI seized Web-hosting servers from a data facility today, causing a number of sites to go down or transfer operations
to other facilities.
Agents confiscated three racks of blade servers from a Maryland facility run by DigitalOne, the Switzerland-based hosting
company said. DigitalOne’s site, as well as real estate blog Curbed and restaurant blog Eater–two sites affected
by the outage, according to The New York Times–were inaccessible this afternoon.
Another site, bookmarking site Pinboard, was also affected by the server confiscation but had transferred some pages to
a backup server, the site said in a status update:
In 2010, legislation was quietly passed that heavily penalizes U.S. citizens who move assets to
non-U.S. financial institutions. When that legislation is taken into consideration, along with a current State Department
policy change, a clearer picture emerges about governmental plans to further erode citizens’ freedom of movement as
well as their ultimate right to ownership of assets, including money.
Last year’s legislation punished Americans—many
of whom had sought a more stable financial environment for their money than existed in the U.S. amid a wave of bank failures—by
obligating foreign banks to disclose the full details of non-exempt bank accounts to the Internal Revenue Service.
These
measures were implemented ostensibly to prevent terrorists and drug lords from moving and laundering money. But their chilling
effect successfully froze Americans, who were ready to move their assets to foreign banks. The government’s implied
message was clear: Your money isn’t going anywhere.
Now the State Department has jumped into the restriction
game. Last month it revealed a new application process for granting passports—which, by the way, will be needed for
travel to Canada andMexico—that in some cases is impossible to provide.
At the center of this process is the
new “Biographical Questionnaire for a U.S. Passport,” a five-page, six-section form that asks for all kinds of
information. Some of the requested information begs the greater question: What relevancy do these questions have in determining
the acceptability of granting an applicant a passport?
The following is a sample of the information required by Form
DS-5513:
� The full name, date of birth, place of birth and Social Security number for parents and/or stepparent(s),
siblings, spouse and children.
� All residences inside and outside the United States.
� All former
and current places of employment, including each company’s name, location, time employed, supervisor’s name and
contact information.
� All schools attended, inside and/or outside the United States, beginning from elementary
school with locations and dates of attendance.
It gets dicey for applicants who cannot answer “yes” to
both of the following questions: Was your birth recorded within one year of the date your birth occurred? Were you born in
a medical facility?
If one answers “no,” then applicant must supply all of the following information regarding
their mother:
� All residences a year before and a year after the applicant’s birth.
�Mother’s
employment and related information at the time of giving birth.
Among the 12 items in Section C, “Information
for Non-Institutional Births or Delayed Birth Filings,” the most bewildering request is for applicant to “describe
the circumstances of your birth including the names, as well as address and phone number, if available, of persons present
or in attendance at your birth.”
Apparently, the State Department presumes that babies came into this world outfitted
with a fully functional memory and a full dossier of paperwork. Lest prospective applicants get too exercised about this questionnaire—whose
completion time has laughingly been estimated at 45 minutes—the State Department allays any such anxieties with its
infamous doublespeak.
The Privacy Act Statement’s last sentence declares, “Providing the information requested
on this form, including your Social Security number, is voluntary, but failure to provide the information requested may result
in processing delays or the denial of your U.S. passport application.”
Keith Hansen is a veteran journalist
and radio talk show host. His website can be found at beyondthegrassyknoll.com.
A day is coming when the rest of the world will decide that it no longer has faith in U.S. dollars or in U.S. debt.
When that day arrives, the game will be over. Traditionally, two of the biggest things that the U.S. economy has had
going for it were the U.S. dollar and U.S. Treasuries. The U.S. dollar has been the default reserve currency of the
world for decades. All over the globe it was seen as a strong, stable currency that was desirable for international
trade. U.S. government debt has long been considered the “safest debt” in the entire world. Whenever
there was a major crisis, investors would flock to U.S. Treasuries because they were considered a rock. Sadly, all of
this is now changing. Today the rest of the world is losing faith in the U.S. financial system. In fact, even
the United Nations is now warning of the collapse of the dollar. But if the U.S. dollar and U.S. Treasuries collapse,
that will be an absolute nightmare for the U.S. economy. If the rest of the world does not want our dollars someday,
then what are we going to give them in exchange for all of the oil and all of the cheap imported goods they send us?
If the rest of the world does not want our debt someday, then how in the world are we going to be able to continue to consume
far, far more wealth than we produce?
The rest of the world is watching the U.S. government run up record-setting budget deficits and they are watching the Federal
Reserve print money like there is no tomorrow and they realize that the U.S. financial system is slowly imploding.
As mentioned above, now even the United Nations is warning that the U.S. dollar could collapse. The following is
a brief excerpt from a recent news report put out by Reuters….
The United Nations warned on Wednesday of a possible crisis of confidence in, and even a “collapse” of,
the U.S. dollar if its value against other currencies continued to decline.
In a mid-year review of the world economy, the UN economic division said such a development, stemming from the falling
value of foreign dollar holdings, would imperil the global financial system.
But it is not just the United Nations that is concerned about the U.S. dollar.
On April 18th, Standard & Poor’s altered its outlook on U.S. government debt from “stable” to “negative”
and warned that the U.S. could soon lose its prized AAA rating.
At one time, it would have been unthinkable for Standard & Poor’s to do such a thing.
But today it is amazing that it has taken them so long to make such a move. U.S. government finances are falling
apart.
When the credit rating of U.S. government debt starts declining, interest rates will go up. Just ask the government
of Greece how painful that can be. Today, Greece is paying over 16 percent on 10 year bonds.
S&P is noting the U.S. government’s long-range fiscal problems. Generally, you’ll find that the accounting
for unfunded liabilities for Social Security, Medicare and other programs on a net-present-value (NPV) basis indicates total
federal debt and obligations of about $75 trillion. That’s 15 times the gross domestic product (GDP). The debt and obligations
are increasing at a pace of about $5 trillion a year, which is neither sustainable nor containable. If the U.S. was a corporation
on a parallel basis, it would be headed into bankruptcy rather quickly.
Look, the rest of the world is not stupid. They know that the U.S. government is hurtling towards financial disaster.
The appetite among foreigners for U.S. government debt is decreasing rapidly.
In fact, according to Zero Hedge, foreigners are dumping U.S. debt at a very rapid pace right now.
In addition, the cost to insure U.S. debt has risen sharply in recent days.
Right now, the Federal Reserve has been buying up most new U.S. government debt with dollars that it has created out of
thin air. This is a giant Ponzi scheme, and it is a major contributing factor to the decline of faith in the U.S. dollar.
The dollar has fallen by 17 percent compared to other major national currencies since 2009. What makes that fact even sadder is that all major currencies
have been rapidly losing value compared to hard assets over that time period. The dollar is just sliding faster than
almost all of the other global currencies that are constantly losing value as well.
Anyone with half a brain could have seen that this would be the end result of reckless government borrowing, but unfortunately
our politicians have been ignoring this problem for decades.
Now a day or reckoning is fast approaching and it is going to be very painful.
The U.S. government has piled up the biggest mountain of debt in the history of the world. Just consider a few shocking
facts about this unprecedented debt….
#4 In the new budget that the Obama administration has proposed, the U.S. government would spend 3.7 trillion
dollars in 2012 and by 2021 the U.S. government would be spending a whopping 5.6 trillion dollars per year.
#5 The U.S. government currently has to borrow approximately 41 cents of every single dollar that it spends.
#6 The total compensation that the federal government workforce earned last year came to a grand total
of approximately 447 billion dollars.
#7 The U.S. national debt is currently rising by well over 4 billion dollars every single day.
#8 The U.S. government is borrowing over 2 million more dollars every single minute.
#10 Unfunded liabilities for entitlement programs such as Social Security and Medicare are estimated to
be well over $100 trillion, and nobody in the U.S. government seems to have any idea how we are actually even going to come close to meeting all of
those obligations.
#11 If you were alive when Christ was born and you spent one million dollars every single day since that
point, you still would not have spent one trillion dollars by now. But this year alone the U.S. government is going
to go about 1.6 trillion dollars more into debt.
#12 If the federal government began right at this moment to repay the U.S. national debt at a rate of
one dollar per second, it would take over 440,000 years to pay off the national debt.
So have our politicians learned anything from the mistakes of the past?
No.
The U.S. government continues to spend money on some of the most ridiculous things imaginable. For example, the Department
of Health and Human Services has just announced a brand new $500 million program that will, among other things, seek to solve the problem of 5-year-old children that “can’t sit still”
in a kindergarten classroom.
Isn’t it good to see the government investing our hard-earned tax dollars so wisely?
Of course if our kids weren’t being constantly fed foods packed with sugar, high fructose corn syrup and aspartame
we wouldn’t have to spend 500 million dollars to deal with this problem.
When it comes to government waste, nobody seems to do it any better than the U.S. government.
Our politicians continue to assume that the rest of the world will always want our dollars and our debt, but that is simply
not the case.
Over the past couple of years, global leader after global leader has publicly talked about the need for a new world reserve
currency.
In fact, globalist institutions such as the IMF and the World Bank have been very busy discussing what the world is going to use as a global reserve currency after the death of the dollar.
The rest of the world is not sitting around waiting to see if the U.S. financial system is going to recover. They
are already making plans for the demise of the dollar. They are increasingly using other currencies to trade with.
They are becoming more hesitant to buy more of our debt. They are realizing that the days of U.S. dominance are coming
to an end.
So what is that going to mean for us?
It is going to be a complete and total disaster.
Right now, we live far, far beyond our means. We borrow gigantic piles of money to make up the difference between
what we produce and what we consume. We are absolutely dependent on the fact that the rest of the world will take our
dollars in exchange for the things that we need.
Kurt Nimmo Infowars.com May 25, 2011
Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid has circumvented a call by the newly elected senator from Kentucky, Rand Paul, to debate
the Patriot Act.
In order to prevent a filibuster, Reid performed “some procedural gymnastics,” according to Fox News, and slipped Patriot Act language into a House small business bill that is considered filibuster-proof.
In doing so, Reid has skirted objections to the bill led by Paul and has moved closer to extending the Patriot Act without
debate. Democrats have applauded this effort to rush the extension into law without debate.
“The suggestion that the extension should be debated fueled considerable opposition, particularly from Sen. Dianne
Feinstein (D – CA), who insisted it would be a ‘huge mistake’ to debate the bill and might threaten national
security,” writes Jason Ditz.
On Monday, Paul went on the floor of the Senate and argued against the extension. He introduced the Leahy-Paul amendment which would have National Security Letters expire on December 31, 2013. It also requires the Justice Department inspector
general to audit the issuance of NSL letters and expands public reporting on the use of such letters under the Foreign Intelligence
Surveillance Act.
The National Security Letter provision of the Patriot Act directly assaults the Fourth Amendment. It expands the FBI’s
authority to demand personal customer records from Internet Service Providers, financial institutions and credit companies
without prior court approval.
The latest version of Adobe Flash Player is required to
watch this video. Please click on the link below to download the latest version. Thanks!
The U.S. government has reached its maximum credit limit, meaning the national debt has surpassed the $14.3 trillion
mark.
The U.S. Treasury Department, however, has bought a little more time, giving Congress
until Aug. 2 to take action before the government defaults.
Republicans and Democrats are working to reach an agreement that would allow the government to borrow more
money and pay for its operation.
Congress has raised its own credit limit more than 100 times since
1940. But at $14.3 trillion, there are critical sticking points this time around.
Republicans say they won't approve raising the debt limit until the president agrees to substantial spending cuts.
In a recent appearance on "The 700 Club," Sen. Rand Paul, R-Ky., warned that the U.S. government was on the brink of a
disaster.
"I see on the horizon a debt crisis where it becomes increasingly difficult to pay our bills as country,"
he said.
"Foreign countries such as Japan, which has its own natural disasters, China, India, which have their own,
(have) been buying our debt for so long, (are) buying less of it. Interests rates rise and then we pay our debt by printing
money," he said.
Vice President Joe Biden is leading bipartisan negotiations
in Congress in hopes of reaching a deal before the deadline. t that point, the federal government will default on its
debts.
However, political observers are still urging lawmakers not to give the president a
blank check.
"I would say find a formula and pass a very, very short debt ceiling increases or very small amounts and
take some savings that the president couldn't possibly veto," presidential hopeful Newt Gingrich told NBC's "Meet the Press."
"And if you had to, do a debt ceiling every three weeks, but do not give him a blank check," he said.
Some conservatives are talking about selling off government assets like land, buildings, or even some of
the 261 million ounces of gold owned by the Treasury Department.
Meanwhile, Treasury Secretary
Tim Geithner has ordered the government to stop investing in two retirement funds for federal employees so it can continue
to borrow.
"Because Congress has not yet acted to raise the limit, we have now set in motion a series of extraordinary
measures that will give Congress some additional time to raise the debt limit," Geithner said.
Those measures include borrowing billions from special government funds, while lawmakers continue to hash out a resolution.
Government says it has real images and video, still deciding whether to release them
The London Guardian has suggested that the fake image used by several British mainstream media websites this morning on
their front pages was the work of “conspiracy theorists” who claimed it was genuine.
The Guardian notes that the image was used by the Mail, Times, Telegraph, Sun and Mirror websites, who picked it up from an online
news site. The image was removed by the newspapers after it became apparent that it was a fake that had been online for over
two years.
“Since then, however, the image has been claimed as genuine on a number of conspiracy forums and used to substantiate
claims that the terrorist responsible for the 9/11 bombings had been killed.” Guardian writer Amelia Hill states.
Hill provides no link to the forums she is referring to, or the “conspiracy theorists” that suggested it was
genuine.
NEW DELHI: The government has decided to issue biometric PAN cards to taxpayers across the country to weed out the problem
of duplicate and fake ones.
The decision was taken recently by the finance ministry and it comes in the wake of a Comptroller and Auditor General (CAG)
report that asked the income tax department to ensure that a single tax payer is not issued multiple cards.
The proposed new biometric Permanent Account Number (PAN) cards would bear the fingerprints (two from each hand) and the
face.
U.S. consumers face "serious" inflation in the months ahead for clothing, food
and other products, the head of Wal-Mart's U.S. operations warned Wednesday.
The world's largest retailer is working with suppliers to minimize the effect of
cost increases and believes its low-cost business model will position it better than its competitors.
Still, inflation is "going to be serious," Wal-Mart U.S. CEO Bill Simon said during
a meeting with USA TODAY's editorial board. "We're seeing cost increases starting to come through at a pretty rapid rate."
Along with steep increases in raw material costs, John Long, a retail strategist
at Kurt Salmon, says labor costs in China and fuel costs for transportation are weighing heavily on retailers. He predicts
prices will start increasing at all retailers in June.
"Every single retailer has and is paying more for the items they sell, and retailers
will be passing some of these costs along," Long says. "Except for fuel costs, U.S. consumers haven't seen much in the way
of inflation for almost a decade, so a broad-based increase in prices will be unprecedented in recent memory."
Consumer prices — or the consumer price index — rose 0.5% in February,
the most since mid-2009, largely because of surging food and gasoline prices. Core inflation, which excludes volatile food
and energy costs, rose a more modest 0.2%, though that still exceeded estimates.
The scenario hits Wal-Mart as it is trying to return to the low across-the-board
prices it became famous for. Some prices rose as the company paid for costly store renovations.
"We're in a position to use scale to hold prices lower longer ... even in an inflationary
environment," Simon says. "We will have the lowest prices in the market."
Major retailers such as Wal-Mart are the best positioned to mitigate some cost increases,
Long says. Wal-Mart, for example, could have "access to any factory in any country around the globe" to mitigate the effect
of inflation in the U.S., Long says.
Still, "it's certainly going to have an impact," Long says. "No retailer is going
to be able to wish this new cost reality away. They're not going to be able to insulate the consumer 100%."
In October, 2007, candidate Barack Obama — in response to the Bush administration’s demand for a new FISA law
— emphatically vowed that he would filibuster any such bill that contained retroactive amnesty for telecoms which participated
in Bush’s illegal spying program. At the time, that vow was politically beneficial to Obama because he was seeking the
Democratic nomination and wanted to show how resolute he was about standing up against Bush’s expansions of surveillance
powers and in defense of the rule of law. But in a move that shocked many people at the time — though which turned out
to be completely consistent with his character — Obama, once he had the nomination secured in July, 2008, turned around
and did exactly that which he swore he would not do: he not only voted against the filibuster of the bill containing telecom
amnesty, but also voted in favor of enactment of the underlying bill. That bill, known as the FISA Amendments Act of 2008,
was then signed into law by George W. Bush at a giddy bipartisan signing ceremony in the Rose Garden, which — by immunizing
telecoms and legalizing most of the Bush program — put a harmless, harmonious end to what had been the NSA scandal.
AFP CORRESPONDENT PAT SHANNAN
TEARS AWAY THE LIES OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT'S, AND THEIR WILLING EXECUTIONER, THE MAINSTREAM MEDIA, OFFICIAL ACCOUNTS OF SOME
OF THE MAJOR EVENTS OF THE LAST CENTURY AND A HALF
Dave Gaharyinterviews Pat Shannan on his book Everything They* Ever Told Me Was a Lie, which reveals the many inconsistencies
in the official versions of the U.S. Government's and the MSM's cover-ups, from Honest Abe to 9/11.
Editor’s note: Another good reason to use cash instead of plastic.
Declined! Your debit card may soon be denied for purchases greater than $100 — or even as little as $50.
JPMorgan Chase, one of the nation’s largest banks, is considering capping debit card transactions at either $50 or
$100, according to a source with knowledge of the proposal.
Why? Because of a tricky thing called interchange fees.
With key parts of the Patriot Act set to expire in two months, Obama administration officials told a House Judiciary subcommittee
Wednesday that the expiring provisions are vital to national security.
Acting Assistant Attorney General Todd Hinnen told the House Judiciary subcommittee on crime, terrorism and homeland security
that the “roving,” “lone wolf,” and “business records” provisions are “critical
tools for national security.” Hinnen’s comments come a month after House Democrats and conservative Republicans
combined to reject a renewal of the expiring provisions over civil liberty concerns, surprising both House Republican leaders
and the White House.
In light of the recent popular protests in various parts of the world — particularly in Egypt — some conspiracy
theorist have hinted at the possibility of the US government using FEMA camps to hold potential protesters.
Some of these theories suggest that the government is prepared to turn FEMA camps into “concentration camps”
holding “civilians” deemed a potential threat to the US government.
Such claims prompted Press TV to take a closer look at FEMA and its activities:
FEMA
The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) is an agency of the United States Department of Homeland Security, initially
created by a Presidential Order on 1 April 1979. Fas.org
FEMA had one original concept when it was created, to assure the survivability of the United States government in the event
of a nuclear attack on the nation.
It was also provided with the task of being a federal coordinating body during times of domestic disasters, such as earthquakes,
floods and hurricanes.
Some people have referred to it as the “secret government” of the United States. It is not an elected body,
it does not involve itself in public disclosures, and it even has a quasi-secret budget in the billions of dollars.
The National Governor’s Association asked President Carter to streamline the nation’s disaster response mechanism.
Endrtimes.blogspo.com
Like the George W. Bush effort to bring agencies under the umbrella of Homeland Security, Carter created FEMA to combine
the efforts of dozens of agencies. But just as Homeland Security has done with Katrina, the new FEMA bungled its first tests
with the Washington Post reporting, “The new anti-disaster agency is on the verge of becoming a disaster itself.”
Prior to 1950, the federal government stayed out of local disasters for the most part, with only an occasional congressional
appropriation when absolutely necessary. But in that year, Congress gave the president the power to declare disasters and
dispense monetary aid. Newsmax.com
Controversy surrounding FEMA
Not surprisingly, with the advent of FEMA, the number of national disasters began to balloon. However, it was not until
Hurricane Andrew in August of 1992 that FEMA began to morph into what it now is.
A lot of money went to the victims of Andrew, but politicians were beginning to see the potential in natural disasters.
A community college got a new parking lot. Miami Beach got new art deco lifeguard stands. The then-governor of Florida, Lawton
Chiles, obtained $25 million for a new prison that had nothing to do with the hurricane. Newsmax.com
FEMA was not created under Constitutional law by the Congress. It was a product of a Presidential Executive Order.
FEMA has the power to suspend laws, move entire populations, arrest and detain citizens without a warrant and hold them
without trial, it can seize property, food supplies, transportation systems, and can suspend the Constitution. Endrtimes.blogspo.com
In 2004, the federal government used hurricane aid money to pay funeral expenses for at least 203 Floridians whose deaths
were not caused by last year’s storms, the state’s coroners have concluded. Sun-sentinel.com
As of 2008, FEMA had only spent about 6 percent of its budget on national emergencies; the bulk of their funding had been
used for the construction of secret underground facilities to assure the continuity of the government in case of a major emergency,
foreign or domestic.
Executive Orders associated with FEMA
Here are just a few Executive Orders associated with FEMA that would suspend the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. These
Executive Orders have been on record for nearly 30 years and could be enacted by the stroke of a Presidential pen:
* EXECUTIVE ORDER 10990 allows the government to take over all modes of transportation and control of highways and seaports.
* EXECUTIVE ORDER 10995 allows the government to seize and control the communication media.
* EXECUTIVE ORDER 10997 allows the government to take over all electrical power, gas, petroleum, fuels and minerals.
* EXECUTIVE ORDER 10998 allows the government to take over all food resources and farms.
* EXECUTIVE ORDER 11000 allows the government to mobilize civilians into work brigades
* EXECUTIVE ORDER 11001 allows the government to take over all health, education and welfare functions.
* EXECUTIVE ORDER 11002 designates the Postmaster General to operate a national registration of all persons.
* EXECUTIVE ORDER 11003 allows the government to take over all airports and aircraft, including commercial aircraft.
* EXECUTIVE ORDER 11004 allows the Housing and Finance Authority to relocate communities, build new housing with public
funds, designate areas to be abandoned, and establish new locations for populations.
* EXECUTIVE ORDER 11005 allows the government to take over railroads, inland waterways and public storage facilities.
* EXECUTIVE ORDER 11051 specifies the responsibility of the Office of Emergency Planning and gives authorization to put
all Executive Orders into effect in times of increased international tensions and economic or financial crisis.
* EXECUTIVE ORDER 11310 grants authority to the Department of Justice to enforce the plans set out in Executive Orders,
to institute industrial support, to establish judicial and legislative liaison, to control all aliens, to operate penal and
correctional institutions, and to advise and assist the President.
* EXECUTIVE ORDER 11049 assigns emergency preparedness function to federal departments and agencies, consolidating 21 operative
Executive Orders issued over a fifteen year period. Endrtimes.blogspo.com
* EXECUTIVE ORDER 11921 allows the Federal Emergency Preparedness Agency to develop plans to establish control over the
mechanisms of production and distribution, of energy sources, wages, salaries, credit and the flow of money in U.S. financial
institution in any undefined national emergency. It also provides that when a state of emergency is declared by the President,
Congress cannot review the action for six months. Dmc.members.sonic.net
Gov’t Considering Rolling Back Rule Allowing Private Planes to Keep Flights Secret
Most private plane owners would no longer be able to prevent the public from tracking their flights in real
time under a new policy being considered by the U.S. Department of Transportation, according to a trade group.
As we reported last year, plane owners can currently keep their flight information secret for any reason [1] by simply having the trade group send a request to the Federal Aviation Administration.
While that policy was created for security and competitive business concerns, ProPublica found a number of individuals and
companies that signed up for the program after receiving bad publicity.
Among them were a televangelist facing a congressional inquiry, governors who had been questioned about personal trips
on state planes, college athletic programs seeking to hide recruiting trips and Fortune 500 companies that had received government
bailouts.
Now, the government is considering limiting the program to plane owners who can prove a legitimate security concern, Ed
Bolen, president of the National Business Aviation Association, said in a letter [2] posted Monday on the group's website.
When we asked FAA spokeswoman Laura Brown about the letter, she said only that the agency is "reevaluating" the program.
The letter, and the potential policy change, were first reported Monday night by Politico [3].
Use of the national airspace is generally considered public information because pilots -- whether airline captains or recreational
fliers -- rely on a system of air traffic controllers, radars, runways and towers that are paid for or subsidized by taxpayers.
As a result, flight data is collected by the FAA in its air traffic control system.
The program allowing owners to block the information [4] was created in 2000 after private plane groups complained to Congress about a number of
websites posting real-time government data of planes' locations and flight schedules.
A measure attached to an FAA reauthorization bill that year required websites that use the data to exclude any aircraft
upon FAA request. But over the years the process has changed with the business aviation association telling the FAA and websites
which planes to take out of the system.
In his latest treatise, Benedict XVI reverts to medieval teaching. By Ron Fraser
Can you trust the Bible? Is it, in
fact, the inspired Word of God?
The pope recently weighed in on these questions in an “apostolic exhortation”
called Verbum Domini (“The Word of the Lord”), issued on November 11. As cna/ewtn
News reported it, this papal message was “a lofty and impassioned plea for everyone in the church to rediscover the
Bible.”
The truth of it is, this was more than an “impassioned plea” from
this pope to his parishioners. It was a direct attack on all who believe the inerrancy of the literal Scriptures as inspired
by God!
Pope Benedict “criticized ‘fundamentalist’ or ‘literalist’
interpretations and urged renewed appreciation for the symbolic and spiritual interpretation techniques used by the
ancient fathers of the church” (ibid., emphasis mine).
“An authentic interpretation of the Bible must always be in harmony
with the faith of the Catholic Church,” Benedict declared.
We must look at this declaration in light of other recent endorsements of the
claim that the Roman Catholic Church is the only true church. This pope has said more than once that all Christian denominations
other than Roman Catholicism are illegitimate—either defective or not true churches. Now he has reasserted the medieval
stance that only the interpretation of Scripture by the Roman Catholic Church has authenticity.
That is a blatant papal lie that the very Scriptures themselves oppose!
Rothschild Dynasty Slams Obama; Calls for Centrist Movement
in U.S.
By
Michael Collins Piper
An influential member of the international Rothschild banking dynasty—often called “the
family that rules the world”—has lent her support to the theme that Barack Obama must be removed from the White
House and that America needs a grand “centrist” coalition to save the nation.
That a key Rothschild network
figure endorsed this concept—which is being relentlessly promoted in the pages of The New York Times and The
Washington Post—underscores recent exclusive reports appearing in AMERICAN FREE PRESS detailing a high-level scheme
to foist a phony new “centrist” third party on Americans.
In 2008, lifelong Democrat Lynn Forester de Rothschild
endorsed GOP presidential candidate John McCain after the Democratic Party rejected de Rothschild’s first choice, Hillary
Clinton.
The American-born Lady Rothschild— chief executive of E.L. Rothschild, a key Rothschild holding company—is
the wife of Sir Evelyn de Rothschild. She was first introduced to her husband in Scotland in 1998 by former Secretary of State
Henry Kissinger during a meeting of Bilderberg—the global planning group dominated by the Rothschilds, assisted by their
American lieutenants, the Rockefellers.
Endorsing McCain, Mrs. Rothschild proclaimed Obama too “ideological”—that
is, too “liberal”—an interesting assertion coming from a stalwart Democrat. Now Mrs. Rothschild is once
again aiming her guns at Obama, echoing the very rhetoric about the need to adopt “centrist” policies prevalent
in all of the recent propaganda in the elite press that AFP—alone among the independent media—has been scrutinizing.
She
expressed her “centrist” concerns on the Internet’s Daily Beast on Feb. 28, 2010, but few noticed it at
the time. It’s no coincidence this was the forum she used to vent her attack: the Daily Beast is merging with the Rothschild-connected
Washington Post Company’s Newsweek magazine, recently transferred to the control of Zionist billionaire Sidney
Harman, who—like the Rothschild dynasty—is a major patron of Israel.
In her commentary, Mrs. Rothschild
declared: “After watching President Obama in office for more than a year, it is clear to me that . . . we already knew
what kind of president he would become. . . . Perhaps the biggest fabrication of the Obama candidacy was his claim of being
a centrist.”
Mrs. Rothschild wrote: Sure, [Obama] made promises during the campaign that pleased moderates.
. . . They were specific, sensible promises—ones that enabled him to mislead the electorate about his real plans for
America. . . .At the time, it was obvious that a candidate who won the primary because of the left would be beholden to the
left, no matter what promises he made to get elected. . . . In The Audacity of Hope, he criticized Bill Clinton for giving
too much respect to Ronald Reagan. He asked the Democratic Leadership Council, the centrist Democratic group, to remove his
name from their lists. So if he wasn’t going to be a centrist Democrat in the tradition of Bill Clinton, what did Barack
Obama want from his presidency, should he be elected? He told us from the beginning. It was a stunning agenda, but it seemed
innocuous, even inspiring, during the campaign . . . . Obama declared he was running “not just to hold an office, but
to gather with you to transform a nation.” Suddenly now everyone is worried he is trying to transform America. . . .
His is an effort to make a bigger, more intrusive and more costly government. His hope is, and has always been, to turn the
country into a nation that looks more like a European social democracy. He ignores that the roots of our strength have always
been small government and a dynamic private sector, fostered by both Democrats and Republicans. His cynical use of centrist
language as a tool to get elected does not change the fact of his true objectives. Our central problem is that the combination
of his grandiloquence and the September 2008 financial crisis led to his election. Now, the only way to stop him in the next
three years is through voter pressure on Congress. One course is to follow Massachusetts and just elect any Republican. But
both parties lack courageous leaders who will fight for the values and policies of the middle.
While it certainly
confuses many people (particularly self-styled “patriots” and “conservatives”) that Mrs. Rothschild
(and like-minded associates in the mass media) call the Clintons “moderates,” that has, in fact, been a continuing
premise in the media, especially of recent date, as if the stage is being set for a return of “Bill and Hill”
in the form of a “centrist” challenge to Obama.
However, note that Mrs. Rothschild denounced not just Obama
but “both parties.” Her rhetoric precisely reflects ongoing high-level calls in the media monopoly for a “centrist”
rebellion against both “the left” and “the right”:
We need a movement of the militant middle;
millions of voters who support the sensible policies from both parties. This would give Democrats political cover to stand
up to Obama, Pelosi and Reid; and Republicans the backbone to acknowledge that the country must progress in order to be strong.
Here is what’s happening: Recognizing growing widespread disgust with both major parties, the elite big money
forces seem to be laying the groundwork to usher in a new “centrist” party—a “controlled opposition”
under their domination—to block the rise of any genuine populist third party challenging their power. The war-profiteering
plutocratic elites want to be assured that—in the face of growing opposition from Americans on both the “left”
and the “right”—budgetbusting internationalist policies promoting U.S. military adventurism in the Middle
East and across the globe—in the name of what is now being touted as American “national greatness”—will
be preserved.
In fact, the “national greatness” concept is just a patriotic-sounding cover name for what
many call the New World Order.
Note, too, that although both “liberal Democrats” and “conservative
Republicans” have done big money’s bidding for a century, a new “centrist” force—orchestrated
by the major media (owned by the financial aristocracy)—would shatter the existing traditional local, state and federal
political machines of the major parties which are closely tied to their own respective constituencies (small business, farmers,
public employees, minorities, factory workers, etc). Divorced from grassroots demands, the new “centrist” mechanism
would answer only to the major media controllers who conjured up the “centrist” party in the first place.
Civil war coming to USA? Army wants rapid-fire rubber bullets for crowd control
Steve Watson & Paul Joseph Watson February 10, 2011
Defeat for the proposed extension of the so called PATRIOT Act in the House Tuesday night made national headlines, yet
the extension is set to pass by the end of the week anyway as it is brought back to the floor for another vote. But just in
case anyone in Congress reaches the sudden epiphany that they are effectively voting on the Enabling Act, Big Sis Janet
Napolitano has officially notified a congressional panel that the US faces the greatest possibility of a major terror attack
since 9/11.
House Republicans wanted to extend three of the PATRIOT Act’s most draconian provisions by a further year. For anyone
who values the Constitution and freedom per se, that was bad enough, yet Obama went one better, stunning many in the House
by suggesting that the legislation be extended for another THREE years.
A prepared statement issued Tuesday afternoon stated that Obama “would strongly prefer enactment of reauthorizing
legislation that would extend these authorities until December 2013.”
Republicans attempted to fast track the extension using an expedited procedure that allowed for just a 40 minute debate
and no amendments. However, this failed to pass as under such rules a 2/3rds super majority is required.
Even so, the extension fell short by just 7 votes, making it extremely likely that the bill will pass when it is brought back the floor either today or tomorrow. Under standard rules, only a simple majority will be needed for the extension to pass.
The ACLU describes the three provisions that would be extended under the bill:
Section 215 of the Patriot Act authorizes the government to obtain “any tangible thing” relevant
to a terrorism investigation, even if there is no showing that the “thing” pertains to suspected terrorists or
terrorist activities. This provision is contrary to traditional notions of search and seizure, which require the government
to show reasonable suspicion or probable cause before undertaking an investigation that infringes upon a person’s privacy.
Congress must ensure that things collected with this power have a meaningful nexus to suspected terrorist activity or it should
be allowed to expire.
Section 206 of the Patriot Act, also known as “roving John Doe wiretap” provision, permits
the government to obtain intelligence surveillance orders that identify neither the person nor the facility to be tapped.
This provision is contrary to traditional notions of search and seizure, which require government to state with particularity
what it seeks to search or seize. Section 206 should be amended to mirror similar and longstanding criminal laws that permit
roving wiretaps, but require the naming of a specific target. Otherwise, it should expire.
Section 6001 of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, or the so-called “Lone
Wolf” provision, permits secret intelligence surveillance of non-US persons who are not affiliated with a foreign organization.
Such an authorization, granted only in secret courts is subject to abuse and threatens our longtime understandings of the
limits of the government’s investigatory powers within the borders of the United States. This provision has never been
used and should be allowed to expire outright.
In addition, Senate Democrats are set to fast track the companion legislation (S. 149) to the House bill, as they seek
to bypass the committee process and push the bill straight to the floor.
Unless the likes of Ron Paul and Dennis Kucinich can attract scores of their peers to change their votes and defect from
the party agenda, then the passage of the legislation is assured.
Also noteworthy is the fact that several representatives who ran on a Tea Party platform actually voted FOR the extension
to the PATRIOT Act yesterday. Slate’s Dave Weigel notes that high profile Tea Partyers like Michele Bachmann, Kristi Noem, and Allen West all voted for the extension. “I break
this out because there’ll be a temptation to say ‘the Tea Party and its isolationist elements beat the reauthorization,’
and that’s not quite it,” he writes.
In addition, Ryan Hecker, a Houston lawyer and tea-party organizer, told the Wall Street Journal he believes the act has helped curb terrorism and “the movement should remain agnostic.”
This once again highlights the fact that the Tea Party has been almost entirely co-opted by the establishment GOP. It is
now a bloated unrecognizable shadow of the Libertarian grassroots movement that was founded on the need to expel such freedom
destroying legislation for good.
Tea Party or no Tea Party, Republicans and Democrats alike are working in tandem to destroy what is left of the Constitution.
One reason bipartisan support for reauthorization has grown, according to the Journal, is the perceived threat of homegrown
terrorism, seen in the absurd Times Square firecracker and underwear non-bombings last year. Both questionable non-events
and other over hyped and completely manufactured threats have led directly to programs such as the “See Something, Say Something” campaign- a literal citizen
spy operation overseen by the DHS.
It seems that Big Sis is on the march again, this time to ensure that the PATRIOT Act gets extended.
AFP reports that Janet Napolitano has directly told the congressional Security Committee that the United States is facing “heightened”
threats of attacks from extremists. “And in some ways, the threat today may be at its most heightened state since the
attacks nearly 10 years ago.” Napolitano is quoted as saying.
She noted that there is “an increased emphasis on recruiting Americans and Westerners to carry out small scale attacks.”
Booga booga, better re-authorize the power to let the federal government keep a track of exactly what library books everyday
Americans are checking out. You wouldn’t want to be the elected representative who tips the scales to allow another
9/11 now would you?
We have previously documented how such terror threats have been routinely hyped purely for political purposes.
Never forget that the media and the government have been totally discredited over and over again by their complicity in issuing phony terror alertsdesigned to manipulate elections and frighten the public into slavish acquiescence.
MANTEO, NC – The Special Operations Unit from Pope Air Force Base will be conducting urban environmental training
exercises in Nags Head and Roanoke Island on Tuesday and Wednesday, Dare County officials announced.
Residents are urged not to be alarmed if they see military vehicles and armed soldiers.
According to county authorities, the exercises will involve uniformed, armed soldiers and four vehicles, including two
military gun trucks practicing clearing and security procedures in Nags Head and Roanoke Island.
by Jeffrey Imm Responsible for Equality And Liberty
To those of us who grew up in the 1960s and 1970s, we know how identity group intolerance caused Americans to fight each
other and how it divided our nation. We’ve been there – done that. We don’t want a divided nation
again. We remember the past, to provide context to those who want drag our nation back to the “bad old days.”
Many people seem to only believe that it was a time of racial intolerance and division, and they seem to also forget that
it was also the final days of a period of religious intolerance as well. In the 1920s, religious intolerance in America
had reached a peak, as did the 4 million membership in the Ku Klux Klan organization. But in the decades to follow,
religious intolerance started to reduce through the 1950s.
Until America faced another test in 1960.
Not unlike recent times, progress in respect for one another faced another challenge when a Massachusetts Senator John
F. Kennedy decided to run for president. In 1960, to some people, the problem was that John Kennedy was a Catholic Christian.
Half a century later, it may seem laughable that some would have questioned a person’s “fitness” to be an
American president because they were a Catholic Christian. But at the time, it was viewed by some as a real issue, and
John Kennedy had to address this topic in his campaign.
John F. Kennedy Speaking on Religious Freedom in 1960 at Houston, Texas Conference
In 1960, the question that some raised regarding John Kennedy was whether he could be a loyal American, while being a Catholic,
or whether he would “led” by the Catholic Church in his decision-making as president. Of course, such claims
were an insult to the identity of what America is – a nation that supports freedom of conscience for all – from
the youngest child to the President of the United States. That is and always will be the America that I know and love.
John Kennedy addressed these concerns in a historic speech on September 12, 1960 to the Greater Houston Ministerial Association. His words are as powerful and important today as they were half a century
ago, and not just to America, but to the entire world.
John Kennedy addressed these concerns in a historic speech on John Kennedy addressed the challenge of those who would judge his effectiveness to lead the United States of America and be
commander-in-chief – solely based on his religion. John Kennedy questioned what his religious identity had to
do with “the hungry children I saw in West Virginia, the old people who cannot pay their doctor bills, the families
forced to give up their farms–an America with too many slums, with too few schools…,” stating that these
are “are not religious issues–for war and hunger and ignorance and despair know no religious barriers.”
John Kennedy went on to address the campaign concerns over his religion: “it is apparently necessary for me to state
once again–not what kind of church I believe in, for that should be important only to me–but what kind of America
I believe in.”
John Kennedy made it clear the type of America that he believed in: “I believe in an America where the separation
of church and state is absolute,” where no religious group would tell the president or public official how it must act,
“and where religious liberty is so indivisible that an act against one church is treated as an act against all.
For while this year it may be a Catholic against whom the finger of suspicion is pointed, in other years it has been, and
may someday be again, a Jew–or a Quaker–or a Unitarian–or a Baptist. It was Virginia’s harassment
of Baptist preachers, for example, that helped lead to Jefferson’s statute of religious freedom. Today I may be the
victim–but tomorrow it may be you–until the whole fabric of our harmonious society is ripped at a time of great
national peril.”
John Kennedy stated “I believe in an America where religious intolerance will someday end–where all men and
all churches are treated as equal–where every man has the same right to attend or not attend the church of his choice”…
“where no religious body seeks to impose its will directly or indirectly upon the general populace”…. and
“where religious liberty is so indivisible that an act against one church is treated as an act against all.”
John Kennedy continued to say that while he would not “disavow either my views or my church” that he would
act “in accordance with what my conscience tells me to be the national interest, and without regard to outside religious
pressures or dictates.” John Kennedy concluded that he would do “the best of my ability preserve, protect,
and defend the Constitution.”
John F. Kennedy was elected President of the United States of America in 1960. He was president, not just of the
Christians, not just of the Catholic Christians, but of all Americans.
President John Kennedy was my president. I may have been too young to vote, but John Kennedy had a way to make us
all know that he was the president for all of us – no matter how small, how large – we were all equal as Americans.
For a time in a difficult, divided America, THERE WAS HOPE.
My father and mother had a “mixed” religious marriage, by that era at least. My father was a Protestant
Christian and my mother was raised as a Catholic Christian. My mother was a political worker, and was active in the
John F. Kennedy campaign. I was just a small boy, but I went with her to the election polls, and was taught to say “vote
for Kennedy,” which I understand many found quite adorable. I wish I could remember but I was very young.
But I do remember Friday, November 22, 1963 – the day my president was murdered. There are some memories in life that are so painful, the sharpness is never dulled.
When my president was murdered, he was mourned not just by some, but by people in the streets, in their homes, and across
television. Those of you who read about it in the history books won’t quite understand it. There was nothing
else anyone talked about. There was just the murder of our beloved President Kennedy. There was a NATIONAL mourning.
I don’t think Americans who only understand the current generation can conceive of a national mourning or a national
solidarity on anything. But in 1963, the United States was truly united in its grief over the death of President Kennedy.
On Saturday morning, our president’s coffin was what that era’s children had to wake up and see on television.
Our parents cried and we children watched in stunned silence as the television broadcast our president’s body as it
was transported in his coffin from Dallas, Texas where he was gunned down back to our nation’s capitol. I will
never forget my president in his coffin, murdered.
After the national mourning, our nation got back to business. Our divisions grew and the nation fought among itself.
The tragedy of violence did not end. We had to witness the murder of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. and Robert Kennedy
among too many others. Medgar Evers was murdered less than 6 months before President Kennedy. For a while, America
was degenerating into a nation whose politics of division had fallen into politics of violence and assassination. To those
who lived such gut-wringing, heart-wrenching decades, surely we must never want to return to such a period of intolerance
and division again.
But once again, in America, we find ourselves returning to an era of constant division and growing intolerance in America
– both racial and religious intolerance.
In America today, there are religious extremists from different faiths that seek to declare a war on people of other faiths.
Their religious intolerance is the exact opposite of what my president represented. We have seen a Muslim extremist
seek to blow up a crowd at a Christmas tree lighting ceremony in Portland, Oregon, and in that same town, we have seen anti-Muslim
extremists who have committed an arson attack on a Portland mosque. In the reports on that story, I have seen
people who have publicly called for blowing up mosques in America, which is part of the continuing anti-Muslim hatred that
we have seen grow in the United States from coast-to-coast with people calling for bombings, terrorist attacks, and denying
freedom of religion and worship for Muslims in New York City, Tennessee, Florida, and California. It is a horrific disgrace
to America and to Americans of every faith, belief, conscience, and identity group, and many, many Americans have been standing
up to such hate, intolerance, and open calls of violence against Muslims and non-Muslims.
Yet more and more continue to publicly promote hate, intolerance, and violence against people of other faiths without fear
of consequences. The Ku Klux Klan once were afraid of what their public embrace of hate would do to their name,
their employers, and their lives, which is why they hid behind hoods, while they promoted their white supremacist, twisted
view of “Christian Protestant” hatred against other religions, other Christian sects, and other races.
What my president understood is that religious intolerance could never be given official political support. This
is a problem in American politics today. Leaders of American political parties cannot be perceived to be supporting,
favoring, or condemning one religion or one religious sect over another. Leaders of Americans are not just leaders of
a Christian, Jewish, Buddhist, Hindu, Muslim, etc., nation – they are leaders for ALL Americans – no matter what
their faith (or lack thereof), no matter what their religion. America is a nation of the people and for the people –
of all kinds.
As my president said in 1960, “this is the kind of America for which our forefathers died–when they fled here
to escape religious test oaths that denied office to members of less favored churches–when they fought for the Constitution,
the Bill of Rights, and the Virginia Statute of Religious Freedom.”
Our police officers, our firefighters, our public servants of all kinds do not protect, do not rescue, do not serve only
Americans of one religious identity. Nor do we know the religion of those who serve. There is never a question.
All Americans are equal – it is a fundamental basis for the definition of our nation.
There was a time in America when we often didn’t know each other’s religions, nor was it something people asked
in a polite society. Certainly, many do and have the right to be evangelists and share their faiths, hope, and strength
from their religion with others. Evangelism is a great inspiration and mission in the lives of many people. When I was
a boy, I too passed out Bibles to others, and there are a number of evangelistic missionaries in my family. We can share
our faith, while respecting the privacy and dignity of others.
But there is a difference between private evangelism and expecting our public government officials and leaders to perform
religious evangelism or show religious preferences, while performing their public duties. There are some political leaders
in America today who believe that if our government leaders are not using their positions to evangelize or to comment on other
religions, then they are “running away” from their religion. There are political leaders in America today who
believe that if you don’t follow their form of religious beliefs and views than somehow you are “dodging”
the issue of your religious responsibilities.
Steve Watson & Paul Joseph Watson February 10, 2011
Defeat for the proposed extension of the so called PATRIOT Act in the House Tuesday night made national headlines, yet
the extension is set to pass by the end of the week anyway as it is brought back to the floor for another vote. But just in
case anyone in Congress reaches the sudden epiphany that they are effectively voting on the Enabling Act, Big Sis Janet
Napolitano has officially notified a congressional panel that the US faces the greatest possibility of a major terror attack
since 9/11.
House Republicans wanted to extend three of the PATRIOT Act’s most draconian provisions by a further year. For anyone
who values the Constitution and freedom per se, that was bad enough, yet Obama went one better, stunning many in the House
by suggesting that the legislation be extended for another THREE years.
A prepared statement issued Tuesday afternoon stated that Obama “would strongly prefer enactment of reauthorizing
legislation that would extend these authorities until December 2013.”
Republicans attempted to fast track the extension using an expedited procedure that allowed for just a 40 minute debate
and no amendments. However, this failed to pass as under such rules a 2/3rds super majority is required.
Even so, the extension fell short by just 7 votes, making it extremely likely that the bill will pass when it is brought back the floor either today or tomorrow. Under standard rules, only a simple majority will be needed for the extension to pass.
The ACLU describes the three provisions that would be extended under the bill:
Section 215 of the Patriot Act authorizes the government to obtain “any tangible thing” relevant
to a terrorism investigation, even if there is no showing that the “thing” pertains to suspected terrorists or
terrorist activities. This provision is contrary to traditional notions of search and seizure, which require the government
to show reasonable suspicion or probable cause before undertaking an investigation that infringes upon a person’s privacy.
Congress must ensure that things collected with this power have a meaningful nexus to suspected terrorist activity or it should
be allowed to expire.
Section 206 of the Patriot Act, also known as “roving John Doe wiretap” provision, permits
the government to obtain intelligence surveillance orders that identify neither the person nor the facility to be tapped.
This provision is contrary to traditional notions of search and seizure, which require government to state with particularity
what it seeks to search or seize. Section 206 should be amended to mirror similar and longstanding criminal laws that permit
roving wiretaps, but require the naming of a specific target. Otherwise, it should expire.
Section 6001 of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, or the so-called “Lone
Wolf” provision, permits secret intelligence surveillance of non-US persons who are not affiliated with a foreign organization.
Such an authorization, granted only in secret courts is subject to abuse and threatens our longtime understandings of the
limits of the government’s investigatory powers within the borders of the United States. This provision has never been
used and should be allowed to expire outright.
In addition, Senate Democrats are set to fast track the companion legislation (S. 149) to the House bill, as they seek
to bypass the committee process and push the bill straight to the floor.
Unless the likes of Ron Paul and Dennis Kucinich can attract scores of their peers to change their votes and defect from
the party agenda, then the passage of the legislation is assured.
Also noteworthy is the fact that several representatives who ran on a Tea Party platform actually voted FOR the extension
to the PATRIOT Act yesterday. Slate’s Dave Weigel notes that high profile Tea Partyers like Michele Bachmann, Kristi Noem, and Allen West all voted for the extension. “I break
this out because there’ll be a temptation to say ‘the Tea Party and its isolationist elements beat the reauthorization,’
and that’s not quite it,” he writes.
In addition, Ryan Hecker, a Houston lawyer and tea-party organizer, told the Wall Street Journal he believes the act has helped curb terrorism and “the movement should remain agnostic.”
This once again highlights the fact that the Tea Party has been almost entirely co-opted by the establishment GOP. It is
now a bloated unrecognizable shadow of the Libertarian grassroots movement that was founded on the need to expel such freedom
destroying legislation for good.
Tea Party or no Tea Party, Republicans and Democrats alike are working in tandem to destroy what is left of the Constitution.
One reason bipartisan support for reauthorization has grown, according to the Journal, is the perceived threat of homegrown
terrorism, seen in the absurd Times Square firecracker and underwear non-bombings last year. Both questionable non-events
and other over hyped and completely manufactured threats have led directly to programs such as the “See Something, Say Something” campaign- a literal citizen
spy operation overseen by the DHS.
It seems that Big Sis is on the march again, this time to ensure that the PATRIOT Act gets extended.
AFP reports that Janet Napolitano has directly told the congressional Security Committee that the United States is facing “heightened”
threats of attacks from extremists. “And in some ways, the threat today may be at its most heightened state since the
attacks nearly 10 years ago.” Napolitano is quoted as saying.
She noted that there is “an increased emphasis on recruiting Americans and Westerners to carry out small scale attacks.”
Booga booga, better re-authorize the power to let the federal government keep a track of exactly what library books everyday
Americans are checking out. You wouldn’t want to be the elected representative who tips the scales to allow another
9/11 now would you?
We have previously documented how such terror threats have been routinely hyped purely for political purposes.
Never forget that the media and the government have been totally discredited over and over again by their complicity in issuing phony terror alertsdesigned to manipulate elections and frighten the public into slavish acquiescence.
Just as former Homeland Security chief Tom Ridge admitted that DHS would issue fake terror alerts shortly before elections in a bid to influence the outcome during the Bush era, the Obama administration is mimicking the
same tactic.
—
Houston Hilton hotel installs facial recognition; system can ID suitcases, employees and guests
Houston's
1,200-room Hilton is an early adopter of using facial recognition technology to improve hotel security and customer service.
This file photo taken May 7, 2008 shows Pinellas County, Fla., Sheriff's Department System Analyst Scott McCallum demonstrating
a system that uses facial recognition.
The 1,200-room Hilton Americas-Houston
- Houston's biggest hotel - has installed a cutting edge digital video system that relies on facial recognition technology.
The system will let managers track employees, locate missing suitcases, recognize a VIP guest - and much, much more.
"The system will also allow us to do things we never thought about," John Alan Moore, the hotel's director
of security and life, says in a Hilton press release.
The 24-story, 1,200-room Hilton is at times as busy as a tiny city, with more than 700 employees, ballrooms,
meeting rooms, two restaurants, lobby bar, coffee emporium, full-service spa, health club and parking garage. The system -
said to be 90% accurate in recognizing people and objects - will let the hotel track goings-on throughout the property using
newfangled search functions that can track faces and objects by color and size.
Whether or not privacy rights watchdogs will approve remains a question, but the hotel is confident
the system will help it bolster safety and even improve customer service.
The provider, San Francisco-based 3VR Security, is selling its product to the hospitality industry, and describes the Houston Hilton hotel's early adoption as one that "further validates 3VR's immense value not only from a security standpoint, but also in taking customer service in the hospitality industry
to the next level."
Among the uses the hotel envisions for the system:
Security: For security problems that happened already, the system can find relevent
surveillance footage in seconds rather than hours, which can aid in solving crimes and possibly prosecuting criminals. Hotel
security could also derail potential dangers before they happen by, for instance, uploading a digital image of someone who
is banned from the hotel and letting the system send an alert when the person shows up. Moore gave NetworkWorld.com the example
of entering an image of a homeless person who wants to sneak into the hotel; using facial recognition, the system would issue
an alert if the person walked into a hotel so security so then hotel security could then escort the person out of the hotel. In serious cases, footage can be stored and e-mailed to an insurance company or local
district attorney, the article says.
Track employee behavior: The hotel plans to monitor areas where employees punch the
time clock, which can verify the person's identity, the NetworkWorld.com article says. The hotel is also using the facial
recognition system to watch for suspicious activities of employees or former employees, the story says. "If someone leaves
under bad conditions, we set up alerts for that," Moore tells the publication. The hotel informs employees that video monitoring
is taking place, NetworkWorld.com says.
Find guests' missing items claims: The hotel says the system can aid customers who've
reported an item has gone missing inside the hotel somehow. The system can locate items using its color, directional and object
search capabilities. For example, if a customer's suitcase was lost, the hotel says it will be now be able to locate it almost
instantly by following the luggage piece using a search based on color and object from the time it entered the hotel through
to its present location, the release says. In this hotel alone, more than 7,000 items are reported missing each year.
Monitoring garage traffic: To improve traffic flow in its parking facilities, the
hotel can use the system to count arriving vehicles. That can help managers determine if they need to adjust the number of
valet parkers on staff on specific shifts. The system can also help when there's a car in the garage area.
Impress loyal guests: Like it when a hotel front-desk clerk greets you by name? Well,
then you might like this. "Another aspect of the system that Hilton Americas-Houston feels will be useful is its ability to
recognize repeat customers," the release says. Moore says that they'll tie in the system with its front-office systems to
"flag our Gold Card members in order to be able to blow them away with service."
Readers: What do you think about this? Does it make you feel safer - or does it make
you feel uncomfortable?
Tomgram: Stephan Salisbury, Keeping an Eye on Everyone
Posted by Stephan Salisbury at 6:03pm, October 3,
2010.
[Surveillance,
America’s Pastime A Hall of Shame of State Snooping, Prying, and Informing
Aimed at Destroying the Fabric of Civil Society By Stephan Salisbury
The dried blood on the concrete floor is there for all to see, a stain forever marking the spot on
a Memphis motel balcony where Martin Luther King, Jr. lay mortally wounded by a sniper’s bullet.
It is a stark and ghostly image speaking to the sharp pain of absence. King is gone. His aides are
gone. Only the stain remains. What now?
That image is, of course, a photograph taken by Ernest C. Withers, Memphis born and bred, and known
as the photographer of the civil rights movement. He was there at the Lorraine Motel, as he had been at so many other
critical places, recording iconic images of those tumultuous years.
In addition to photographing moments large and small in the struggle for black civil rights in the
South, Withers had another job. He was an informer for the FBI, passing along information on the doings of King, Ralph Abernathy,
Andrew Young, Ben Hooks, and other leaders of the movement. He reported on meetings he attended as a photographer, welcomed
in by those he knew so intimately. He passed along photos of events and gatherings to his handler, Special Agent William H.
Lawrence of the FBI’s Memphis office. He named names and sketched out plans.
In an exhaustive recent report, the Memphis Commercial Appeal detailed Withers’s undercover activities, provoking a pained
and complex response from the many who knew him and were involved in the civil rights movement. His family simply refuses to believe that the paper’s report could be accurate. On the other hand, Andrew Young, with King
during those last moments, accepts Withers’s career as an informant, saying it just doesn’t bother him.
Civil rights leaders, including King, viewed Withers as crucial to the movement’s struggle to portray itself accurately
in Jet, Ebony, and other black journals. In that Withers was successful -- and the rest, Young suggests,
doesn’t matter. Besides, he told the Commercial Appeal, they had nothing to hide. “I don't
think Dr. King would have minded him making a little money on the side.”
Activist and comedian Dick Gregory, hearing Young’s comments, turned on his old comrade. “We are talking about a guy hired by the FBI to destroy us and the fact that Andy
could say that means there must be a deep hatred down inside of him,” he said. “If he feels that way about King
only God knows what he feels about the rest of us.”
This is the way it is with informers, so useful to reckless law enforcement authorities and employed
by the tens of thousands as the secret shock troops of J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI. Surveillance has multiple uses, not the
least of which is to sow mistrust, which in turn eats at the cohesion of families, social and political movements, and ultimately
the fabric of community itself.
D’Army Bailey, a former Memphis judge and target of FBI surveillance in the 1960s, told the Memphis
Commercial Appeal that the use of informers in everyday life ruptured fundamental civic bonds, fomenting deep suspicion
and mistrust. “It's something you would expect in the most ruthless totalitarian regimes. Once that trust is shattered
that doesn't go away.”
Earl Caldwell, a former New York Times reporter and now a professor of journalism at the Scripps
Howard School of Journalism and Communications at Hampton University, pointed out that the black community in the South in the 1960s granted a special trust to black journalists. Indeed,
some of those journalists took out an ad in black newspapers in February 1970 pledging not to spy or inform or betray that
trust.
“If all that we've been told through these documents that have been released, if that’s
true, then it puts a... very, very, very heavy, heavy mark not just on [Withers] and his work but on the trust that the black
journalists made many years ago with the black community,” Caldwell said.
Keeping Tabs on Americans for Fun and Profit
That was then, this is now. The Withers story is, of course, ancient history, shocking to many,
yes, even though it is well known that FBI and police informers permeated the movement in general and King's circle in particular,
and illegal wiretaps and bugs snared even the most private conversations of civil rights leaders. But few who thought or wrote
about the Withers news found it an especially relevant tale for our present moment. How wrong they were.
If, amid anti-communist hysterias and social upheaval decades ago, the U.S. government employed armies
of informers and other forms of often illegal surveillance, government and law enforcement agencies today are actually casting
a far broader surveillance net in the name of security in a relentless effort to watch and hear everything -- and to far less
attention or concern than in the 1960s.
In fact, a controversy in Pennsylvania has just erupted over secret state surveillance of legitimate political
groups engaged in meetings, protests, and debates involving subjects of public importance -- natural gas drilling, abortion,
military policy, animal mistreatment, gay rights. Such controversies over domestic political spying have surfaced remarkably
regularly since September 11, 2001 -- police and FBI informers in mosques, Defense Department surveillance of antiwar groups and even gay organizations, National Security Agency illegal wiretapping, and surveillance of groups planning protests for the political conventions of the major parties. Revelations of such activities have become almost
white noise. All were covered in the media, but cumulatively it’s as though none of them ever happened.
The Pennsylvania surveillance case, which is just the latest of these glimpses into the secret surveillance world of our ever more powerful
national security state, does not directly involve informers (as far as we know). It marks a different point on what FBI Director
Robert Mueller has referred to as the “continuum” -- the whole environment of daily life, really, which in the
post-9/11 world has been appropriated by law enforcement officials in the name of “terrorism prevention.”
“There is a continuum between those who would express dissent and those who would do a terrorist
act,” Mueller said ominously in a 2002 speech. “Somewhere along that continuum we have to begin to investigate. If
we do not, we are not doing our job. It is difficult for us to find a path between the two extremes.”
What does that mean? Just last week, FBI agents raided half a dozen homes of anti-war activists in
Minneapolis and Chicago, carting away papers, computers, clothing, and other personal effects, all in the name of investigating
“material support of terrorism.” The activists, their supporters, and their attorneys have a different view: they
see the raids as designed to intimidate and disrupt legitimate political dissent -- points on “the continuum.”
It is a virtual certainty that evidence of intrusive surveillance will surface as these cases mature.
In Pennsylvania the continuum has meant, most recently, that the state Office of Homeland Security
contracted with a small outfit, the Institute of Terrorism Response and Research, run by a couple of ex-cops, one from York, Pennsylvania, the other raised in Philadelphia and a veteran of
Israeli law enforcement. For the past year, the institute has been providing secret intelligence reports via the state Homeland
Security Office to Pennsylvania police departments and private companies in order, the reports say, to “support public
and private sector, critical infrastructure protection initiatives and strategies.”
Many of these reports focused on groups opposed to Marcellus Shale drilling, which you may not have known was a breeding ground for
terrorism. In fact, you may not even know what it is. But particularly in Pennsylvania and New York, Marcellus Shale means
big bucks. The shale is part of a 600-mile-long geological formation containing a huge reservoir of natural gas. Energy
companies are seeking to exploit that formation in ways that have raised serious and widespread environmental concerns. Ed
Rendell, governor of Pennsylvania, facing severe budget problems, wants to impose a tax on the eager drillers. With Marcellus
Shale, there’s something for everybody -- except for environmentalists concerned about the impact of drilling on the
Chesapeake Bay watershed and the Delaware River basin.
Opposition from various environmental groups, then, has threatened to spoil the party. What a surprise
to find many of those groups mentioned in one “counterterrorism” report after another. For instance, a report
on an “anti-gas” training session in Ithaca, New York, noted that the group conducting the training (part of a
radical environmental network) was nonviolent, but should be considered dangerous anyway.
“Training provided by the Ruckus Group does not include violent tactics such as the use of IEDs
[roadside bombs] or small arms,” a 2009 institute report assured its no-doubt-relieved readers. “The Ruckus Group
does, however, provide expertise in planning and conducting demonstrations and campaigns that can close down a facility and
embarrass a company.” To spell it out: this counterterrorist monitoring institute was providing public-relations alerts
for private energy companies at tax-payer expense.
For nearly a decade, 9/11 has been used to justify this kind of “intelligence” provided
to corporate and private interests. Such information may have nothing to do with terrorism, but it serves nicely to illustrate
how the protection of private profit has trumped concern for real public security. What was missed as institute “analysts”
pondered potential Ruckus Group embarrassments to energy companies?
Rendell, who claimed shock and embarrassment when the reports became public this month, has now cancelled the institute’s
$103,000 state contract. He also insisted that he knew nothing about the contract, and reaffirmed the right of peaceful
protest in the United States.
Not so fast. My colleague at the Philadelphia Inquirer Dan Rubin first reported the institute’s questionable focus on July 19th. At that time, the state director of homeland security,
James Powers, defended the institute’s work, citing intelligence warnings about protests at the G-20 summit in Pittsburgh
last year. “Powers said that Institute analysts posed in chat rooms as sympathizers of the Pittsburgh Organizing Group,
which opposed the summit, and learned where the group would be mobilizing,” Rubin wrote. ‘“We got the information
to the Pittsburgh police,’ he said, ‘and they were able to cut them off at the pass.”’
How could Rendell not know about this? Among the many unanswered questions to date: Who received these
reports and for what purpose? The state has declined so far to disclose a list of the recipients. But in an email that Powers inadvertently sent to an anti-drilling group, he all but admits that the intelligence operation,
at least in part, served corporate drilling interests.
“We want to continue providing this [intelligence] support to the Marcellus Shale Formation natural
gas stakeholders while not feeding those groups fomenting dissent against those same companies,” Powers wrote. (He resigned
at the beginning of October amid on-going criticism over the institute's reports.)
The Institute of Terrorism Response and Research was not alone in monitoring the Pittsburgh G-20 summit,
of course. The Pennsylvania State Police also kept tabs on those potential demonstrators, funneling information gathered into
the state “fusion center,” its surveillance and intelligence data hub.
Fusion centers are largely products of the war on terror, a result of the massive waves of federal
“security” counterterrorism funding that flowed nationwide in the wake of 9/11. More than 70 such centers now
exist around the country, serving to gather “intelligence” from private and law-enforcement sources and state
and federal agencies. This information is stored for future use as well as distributed to local police, state police, private
corporations, and various public agencies.
In the case of the Pittsburgh G-20 summit surveillance, Pennsylvania’s fusion center passed its
information on protests and protest groups along to other local and federal law enforcement agencies, intelligence agencies,
and the U.S. military. (An instance of this probably resulted in the arrest of Elliott Madison, a self-described anarchist who was supposedly distributing information to demonstrators
via Twitter, an activity applauded by U.S. authorities when utilized by Iranian dissidents, but apparently frowned upon when
employed stateside.)
The specter of bombs, vandalism, disruption, violence, and anarchy infused these reports and hundreds
of arrests were made during largely peaceful protests. Civil rights suits have, not surprisingly, followed in the aftermath of the summit.
Names, Names, and More Names
Here is the continuum at work. A group is singled out by an intelligence report -- a Quaker “cell”
opposed to the wars in the Middle East, for instance, or opponents of Marcellus Shale drilling, or those who disagree with
G-20 policies. Once the group is identified, federal agencies and state and local police move to insert informers in it and/or
aggressively investigate it. Such surveillance, whether done by informers or by agents picking through trash bags, generates
names. Names go into databases and are networked nationwide. Databases grow.
Michael Perelman, one of the principals in the Institute of Terrorism Response and Research, defended
his group’s work by arguing that even peaceful protests have security implications and that the institute did not track
individuals. This is disingenuous. The institute and the state fusion center, officially known as the Pennsylvania Criminal
Intelligence Center, may work in parallel worlds, but their methods mirror each other. The state fusion center, run by the
state police, provides access to law enforcement nationwide. Names of groups and members of groups are its stock in trade,
the meat of all surveillance. In the same way, the state Homeland Security Office distributed the institute's reports
to hundreds of agencies and private companies.
The tracking of legitimate political groups and people engaged in lawful political activity is, of
course, a fundamental corruption of American democracy. Consider what happened in Oakland at the onset of the Iraq war. A
peaceful protest at the Oakland port was met by police who opened fire on fleeing demonstrators and bystanders alike,
shooting wooden bullets and tear gas canisters. In my book, Mohamed’s Ghosts, I report that police had been alerted to potential violence by the California Anti-Terrorism Training Center, a state
fusion center tracking political groups -- exactly the same thing done by the Institute of Terrorism Response and Research.
About 60 people were injured, including 11 longshoremen, and 25 protestors were arrested. This event was justified by the
fusion center’s spokesman who claimed that a protest of a war waged against “international terrorism” is
itself “a terrorist act.”
But the story didn’t end there. A month after the initial 2003 protest, demonstrators, led by
Direct Action to Stop the War among other groups, held another Oakland protest to denounce the earlier police violence. Leaders
of that protest, it turned out, were undercover Oakland police operatives who directed the protest’s planning. Deputy
Oakland Police Chief Howard Jordan shrugged it all off, saying it was important for his department “to gather the information and maybe even direct [protestors]
to do something that we wanted them to do.”
The identification of dissident political groups, the gathering of names, the manipulation of actual
acts -- these are the overt purposes of surveillance and informing. In reality, the goal of all this furtive, fervent activity
is not to dismantle terrorist networks but to disrupt legitimate civic and political activity -- and especially, in the post-9/11
world, to identify and infiltrate U.S. Muslim and Middle Eastern congregations, civic groups, neighborhoods, and activist
organizations.
Toward that end, the FBI has moved to beef up its ranks of informers. In its 2008 budget, the bureau sought more than $13 million simply to vet and
track more than 15,000 working informants, and noted that new informants are signing up every day. Information provided by
those informants and by other increasingly ubiquitous and sophisticated surveillance techniques is now funneled to fusion
centers -- making it all just a mouse-click away from public and private agencies nationwide.
In the 1960s, when Ernest Withers was an informant, such computer-driven intelligence storage and distribution
was only a gleam in J. Edgar Hoover’s eye. Nevertheless, in Memphis, where Withers did the bulk of his work, information
he passed along helped dismantle the Invaders, a radical group that saw 34 members arrested. Withers also gave government
handlers photographs of religious leaders, political activists, and labor organizers, shadow portraits for shadow profiles
in the FBI’s burgeoning files. These were used by law enforcement authorities in efforts to control the 1968 sanitation
workers' strike that brought Martin Luther King to Memphis.
Withers’s image of striking Memphis sanitation workers holding aloft an unbroken sea of signs
reading “I Am A Man” remains as vivid today as it was half a century ago. That a photographer who documented the
segregated South so powerfully labored as a police informer may seem an unnerving contradiction. But Ronald Reagan also served
as an FBI informer. So did the ACLU’s famed First Amendment lawyer, Morris Ernst. Gerald Ford, a member of the Warren
Commission, funneled information about the Kennedy assassination directly to J. Edgar Hoover as well.
Informers have multiple, often conflicting motives, and Withers, who died in 2007, is not around to
explain or defend himself. The report on his activities during the civil rights movement, his betrayals of the movement’s
most prominent leaders, and his hand in destroying local activist groups, however, is a powerful reminder of the long history
of political surveillance in this country and the corruptions and animus it breeds. Whether it is the FBI’s use of informers
within the civil rights movement or the state of Pennsylvania’s monitoring of legitimate dissent in the post-9/11 world,
the ultimate victim of such activity is American civil society itself.
The tainting of character, the undermining of basic trust, the disruption of democratic politics --
these are the great achievements of state surveillance. Thanks to 9/11 and truckloads of homeland security money, the stain
of those achievements is now flowing as swiftly and freely as streams of data on a vast fiber optic network.
[Note on sources: Analysis of the use of surveillance and fusion centers at G-20 summits
in Pittsburgh and elsewhere may be found in .pdf file format here. Alarmist police reports disseminated on G-20 threats in Pittsburgh can be found in .pdf file format
here. The 2008 FBI budget document can be seen in .pdf file format here. The Justice Department’s Inspector General has just issued a report examining the propriety of
FBI investigation and surveillance of domestic political activity; the report, well worth reading, can be found, also in .pdf
file format, here.]
The food industry is no longer a free market. In fact, I’d go as far as saying it’s
becoming the most glaring example of corporate-government fascism in America.
Actual monopolies fully control the basic building blocks of the food that makes up the majority of
the American diet — and no one seems to care. Simply put, those who control the corn, wheat, and soybeans control
all food, since all livestock and all processed foods are dependent on those food resources. These monopolies place
their cronies in government regulatory agencies like the FDA and USDA to weed out their competition through excessive regulation.
Currently proposed legislation are textbook examples of their methods.
There once was a time when free markets existed for food. Back when local food ruled the day,
if a farmer sold milk that was bad, he would not get return customers unless he adjusted his practices to make a healthier
product. This free market was self-regulating. In other words, in a truly free market we shouldn’t need
the FDA. However, as mentioned before, we are light years from a free market.
Subsidies rain down on big agribusinesses that grow what the government tells them to grow. Industry
leaders like Cargill, Monsanto, and Tyson essentially turn farmers into indentured sharecroppers. The food engineers
at General Mills and others weave corn, wheat, and soybeans into chemical concoctions that end up in brightly colored packages
— some even come with free Chinese-made toys. The finished product develops from a Genetically Modified base,
using multiple poisons to glue it together, demonstrating that the monopolies and their regulatory lapdogs care not for our
health.
But what about voting with our pocketbooks, isn’t that a free market? Surely that is what we
have been taught. Yet, all 16 flavors of Cheerios — which give the appearance of free choice — are all made
by General Mills from a genetically modified corn base. This illusion of choice hides the monopolistic nature of food.
Enter Senate bill S. 510 Food Safety Modernization Act, already passed in the House as HR 2749.
Some have demonized the bill as ultimate food fascism where the FDA will micromanage even small farms and co-ops to the point
where it will become illegal to grow, share, trade or sell homegrown food. While others see it as a measured way to
control the health and quality of factory farms. One thing is for sure, S.510 gives more power to the corrupt FDA to regulate
our food. And there is renewed interest in the Senate to pass this bill since the recent massive egg and meat recalls
due to salmonella and E. coli outbreaks.
This bill does nothing to change the actual practices of factory farming and the way the food for animals
is grown and delivered. It does give the FDA draconian powers to force inspections to be paid for by the farmers themselves.
This can be an effective tool for the big multinational agri-corporations to further squeeze out their competition and gain
near complete control of food resources in America. Furthermore, S.510 essentially hands much of the FDA’s duties
over to the liberty-smashing Department of Homeland Security — which is mentioned 41 times in the bill.
All 273 pages of the bill contain legalize that can be difficult to decode, but one of the easiest
ways to determine if it is good for average Americans is to view who is supporting the bill, versus who opposes the bill.
Monsanto and other agri-monopolies support the bill with full force. Indeed, some speculate that they even wrote the
bill themselves.
Sadly, this bill is gaining momentum because of the recent food recalls. One way or another,
our corrupt politicians and their corporate overlords will see to it that there is more regulation over our food. If
this bill passes, we can expect more consolidation in agriculture and more police-state raids of private health-food cooperatives.
Worse yet, this bill may just be the primer for the even more egregious bill HR.759 Food and Drug Administration Globalization
Act, which fully restricts local food producers and natural health remedies.
Food freedom starts at home with the individual choices that we make. However, exposing the corrupt
regulatory system and educating the powers that be about healthier ways to produce food is also vital to maintaining our food
freedom. It’s time we tell the corporate government to back off our food.
Print this page.
NaturalNews) Emerging research increasingly indicates that the U.S. water supply is widely contaminated
with the endocrine disrupting chemical atrazine, but that the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is taking almost no action
on the threat.
Atrazine is an herbicide widely sprayed on corn fields in the Midwest, and one of the most widely detected
groundwater contaminants in the country. According to an analysis of state and federal records by the Chicago Tribune,
atrazine has been detected in the drinking water of a million people in 60 Illinois communities over the past four years. Yet the EPA requires testing for the chemical only four times a year, meaning that short-term spikes of the toxin
go undetected -- and unregulated.
Special agreements between the EPA and Syngenta, the top manufacturer of the atrazine used in the U.S., have led to limited weekly or biweekly
testing for the chemical by 130 water utilities in 10 different states. In 2008, nearly half of these communities in the Midwest alone experienced
atrazine levels in their water above the federally imposed limit of 3 ppb (parts per billion) at least once. In Flora, Illinois,
levels spiked as high as 30 ppb at one point.
In nine Midwestern communities, atrazine levels averaged higher than
3 ppb for the full year. Yet unless levels higher than 3 ppb are detected during one of the EPA's four official yearly tests,
the agency is helpless to take action. Likewise, contamination detected at other times need not, under the Safe Water Drinking Act, be reported to the public. This
has led to a situation where citizens are not only unaware that their water is contaminated, they are never told that an inexpensive
home filter could remove the toxin from their water.
Even the EPA's "safe" level of 3 ppb, however, may be far too
high; studies suggest that atrazine is biologically active in levels as low as 0.1 ppb, mimicking the action of hormones
in the body. A recent meta-analysis of 125 studies by researchers from the University of South Florida found that the chemical
causes developmental and reproductive defects in amphibians and fish. Another study, conducted by University of California-Berkeley
researchers and published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, found that small amounts of atrazine
lowered testosterone levels and fertility in male frogs. Many of the frogs were chemically castrated or even turned into females.
Prenatal exposure to low levels of atrazine has also been shown to predispose rats to cancer as adults. And according to
a 2009 study by researchers from Indiana University, human children conceived between the months of April and July, when atrazine
levels in water are highest, were more likely to suffer from nine different kinds of birth defects than children conceived
in other months.
"Atrazine ... appears to have effects during critical stages of fetal development," said Suzanne Fenton of the
National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, a former EPA researcher.
Atrazine has been banned in Europe for
its contaminating effects on groundwater, and a handful of U.S. states prohibit spraying in certain contamination-prone areas. Yet the EPA's most
recent ruling on the chemical, issued in 2006, endorses its use. The Bush-era ruling was based on a 2003 review heavily funded
by Syngenta. Bush administration officials are known to have met with officials from the company at least 50 times before
issuing their ruling, including at two industry-dominated panels.
The EPA's position has drawn the ire of states that
have been stuck with regulating the atrazine problem on their own. In 2009, 44 water utilities in the states of Illinois,
Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Mississippi and Ohio sued the federal government to reimburse them for the costs of atrazine cleanup.
Since
the 2003 EPA review, a further 100 studies have been published showing health risks from atrazine exposure. The Obama administration is now conducting a review of the EPA's stance
on the chemical.
Is National Security Behind Google's Wi-Fi Spying?
As we warned at the beginning of the year, X-ray body scanners currently being used and abused in airports across the world
are set to hit the streets as American Science & Engineering reveals that “more than 500 backscatter x-ray scanners
mounted in vans that can be driven past neighboring vehicles to see their contents” have been sold to government agencies.
Dutch police announced that they were developing a mobile scanner that would “see through people’s clothing
and look for concealed weapons” and that it would be used “as an alternative to random body searches in high risk
areas”.
The device would also be used from a distance on groups of people “and mass scans on crowds at events such as football
matches.”
The plans mirrored leaked documents out of the UK Home Office three years prior, which revealed that authorities in the UK were working on proposals to fit lamp posts with CCTV cameras
that would X-ray scan passers-by and “undress them” in order to “trap terror suspects”.
Now, according to a Forbes report, backscatter x-ray vision devices mounted on trucks are already being deployed inside the United States to scan passing individuals
and vehicles in complete violation of the Fourth Amendment.
American Science & Engineering, a company based in Billerica, Massachusetts, has sold many of the devices to U.S. law
enforcement agencies, who are already using them on the streets for “security” purposes.
“Without a warrant, the government doesn’t have a right to peer beneath your clothes without probable cause,”
points out Marc Rotenberg, executive director of EPIC. “Even airport scans are typically used only as a secondary security
measure. If the scans can only be used in exceptional cases in airports, the idea that they can be used routinely on city
streets is a very hard argument to make.”
Watch a video demonstration of the device below.
“The TSA’s official policy dictates that full-body scans must be viewed in a separate room from any guards
dealing directly with subjects of the scans, and that the scanners won’t save any images,” states the report.
“Just what sort of safeguards might be in place for AS&E’s scanning vans isn’t clear, given that the
company won’t reveal just which law enforcement agencies, organizations within the DHS, or foreign governments have
purchased the equipment.”
However, as we reported right from the start and as was confirmed earlier this month, federal authorities have been storing checkpoint body scan images all along, proving that their claim that no images could be stored or transmitted was an act of mass public deception in order to grease
the skids for the rapid introduction of the devices after the botched and highly suspicious underwear bomber incident.
As we have constantly reiterated, everything that we see unfolding in the airports is eventually designed to be used on
the streets. People who had a blasé attitude about the privacy-busting body scanners, behavioral interrogations, and intrusive
pat-downs occurring in airports on the basis that they could avoid them by not flying face a rude awakening once all this
is in their face on a daily basis.
(ARTICLE CONTINUES BELOW)
Body and vehicle scanners are just one tool authorities plan to implement on a widespread basis as part of our deepening
decline into a hi-tech militarized police state.
Homeland Security is already implementing technology to be enforced at “security events” which purportedly
reads “malintent” on behalf of an individual who passes through a checkpoint. The video below explains how “Future
Attribute Screening Technology” (FAST) checkpoints will conduct “physiological” and “behavioral”
tests in order to weed out suspected terrorists and criminals.
The clip shows individuals who attend “security events” being led into trailers before they are interrogated
as to whether they are terrorists while lie detector-style computer programs analyze their physiological responses. The subjects
are asked about their whereabouts, and if they are attempting to smuggle bombs or recording devices into the “expo,”
proving that the technology is intended to be used at public events and not just airports. Individuals who do not satisfy
the first lie detector-style test are then asked “additional questions”.
The use of such technology is not only a complete violation of the Fourth Amendment, it also eviscerates the notion of
innocent until proven guilty, and therefore totally undermines everything America stands for. Given the widespread abuse witnessed
in the first eight months alone after the roll out of airport body scanners, Americans need to boycott the companies producing
these systems and also resist their deployment at every turn.
Fourth Amendment lawsuits such as the one filed by EPIC against the naked body scanners should be used as a tool with which to ensure that such systems are never
allowed to become commonplace, unless we wish to see supposedly free countries turned into high-tech prison grids ruled over
by corrupt government enforcers who treat citizens as slaves.
By James P. Tucker Jr.
The Trilateral Commission (TC) refused to tell AMERICAN FREE PRESS where it would meet next spring.
Still, we figured it out. The globalist group will meet in Washington, D.C. April 8-10, 2011 to panhandle American taxpayers
in a determined, but failing, attempt to establish a world government.
Already the TC is struggling to reignite its
global government efforts but is unable to overcome resistance from American patriots. The Senate is balking at ratifying
the Strategic Arms Reduction Treaty (START) because of unconstitutional excesses. Action has been delayed until a lame-duck
session following the November elections. But the TC, and its brother group, Bilderberg, is using the time to pressure the
Senate to embrace START after the elections are safely over.
START and other sovereignty-surrendering treaties, such
as the North America Free Trade Agreement, are important steps in the TC-Bilderberg campaign to establish a world government.
An “American Union” similar to the European Union is to be established with the proposed “amero” becoming
the “euro” in this hemisphere.
The immediate danger is that the Senate will bow to immense pressure to
ratify START at the post-election lame-duck session. A significant number of incumbents are likely to lose and have no political
stake in the issue. Others will be told their votes will be forgotten before the next election so they had better take big
bucks now rather than offend the power brokers.
Secretaries of state, defense and treasury always attend TC and Bilderberg
meetings, as do White House officials and congressional lapdogs. All are pressuring the Senate to ratify START. The treaty
creates a Bilateral Consultative Commission with power to approve “additional measures as may be necessary to improve
the viability and effectiveness of the treaty.”
The U.S. and Russian executive branches could implement the commission’s
recommendations without Senate ratification. This is unconstitutional on its face. When the White House gets through implementing
commission recommendations you may be unable to recognize the START treaty.
Even the courts, not often recognized as
bastions of constitutional principle, are saying such treaties are unconstitutional.
In 2006, the federal appellate
court for the District of Columbia declined to implement “adjustments” by an international organization to an
environmental treaty. The court cited “significant debate over the constitutionality of assigning lawmaking functions
to international bodies.”
The court ruled that treating the treaty adjustments as law “would raise serious
constitutional questions in light of the non-delegation doctrine, numerous constitutional procedural requirements for making
law, and the separation of powers.”
by Sonya Lunder, Senior Analyst; David Andrews, Senior Scientist; and Jane Houlihan, Senior VP for Research
The plastic component bisphenol A (BPA) has been in the headlines nonstop as scientists, health experts and consumers press
for a federal ban on food packaging made with this synthetic estrogen, shown to leach readily into infant formula, beverages
and canned food. But most Americans are probably unaware that they are regularly exposed to the same endocrine-disrupting
chemical in cash register receipts.
Two-fifths of the paper receipts tested by a major laboratory commissioned by Environmental Working Group were on heat-activated
paper that was between 0.8 to nearly 3 percent pure BPA by weight. Wipe tests conducted with a damp laboratory paper easily
picked up a portion of the receipts' BPA coating, indicating that the chemical would likely stick to the skin of anyone who
handled them. The receipts came from major retailers, grocery stores, convenience stores, gas stations, fast-food restaurants,
post offices and automatic teller machines (ATMs).
Major retailers using BPA-containing receipts in at least some outlets included McDonald's, CVS, KFC, Whole Foods, Walmart,
Safeway and the U.S. Postal Service. Receipts from some major chains, including Target, Starbucks and Bank of America ATMs,
issued receipts that were BPA-free or contained only trace amounts.
Scientists have not determined how much of a receipt's BPA coating can transfer to the skin and from there into the body.
Possibilities being explored include:
Oral exposure -- BPA moves from receipts onto fingers and then onto food and into the mouth.
Dermal exposure -- BPA from receipts is directly absorbed through the skin into the body.
A study published July 11 by Swiss scientists found that BPA transfers readily from receipts to skin and can penetrate the skin to such a depth that it cannot be washed
off (Biedermann 2010). This raises the possibility that the chemical infiltrates the skin's lower layers to enter the bloodstream
directly. BPA has also been shown to penetrate skin in laboratory studies (Kaddar 2008).
EWG collected 36 receipts and commissioned the University of Missouri Division of Biological Sciences laboratory to investigate
their BPA content. This laboratory is considered one of the world's foremost research facilities in its capability to detect
environmentally relevant BPA concentrations.
The Missouri scientists found that the total mass of BPA on a receipt is 250 to 1,000 times greater than the amount of
BPA typically found in a can of food or a can of baby formula, or that which leaches from a BPA-based plastic baby bottle
into its contents. These data should not be interpreted to suggest that policymakers shift their focus from BPA contamination
of food, which is widespread, to receipts. BPA exposure from food sources is ubiquitous and should remain the first priority
of U.S. policymakers. However, a significant portion of the public may also be exposed to BPA by handling receipts. Since
many retailers do not use BPA-laden thermal paper, this particular route of exposure is easy to correct.
Biomonitoring surveys by the federal Centers for Disease Control and Prevention have found BPA in the bodies of 93 percent of Americans over age 6. EWG analysis of CDC data has found that people who reported working in retail industries had 30 percent more BPA in their bodies than the average
U.S. adult, and 34 percent more BPA than other workers. (CDC 2004). As of May 2009, 1 in 17 working Americans -- 7 million
people -- were employed as retail salespersons and cashiers, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics.
EWG's biomonitoring study of minority newborns, published last December, found BPA in 9 of 10 samples, marking the first detections of the chemical in the cord blood of
U.S. infants. EWG has published a Safe Baby Bottle and Formula Guide to help parents of infants avoid BPA and other harmful substances during this critical window of development.
In animal tests, scientists have produced evidence that BPA can induce abnormal reproductive system development, diminished intellectual capacity and behavioral abnormalities and can set the stage
for other serious conditions, such as reproductive system cancer, obesity, diabetes, early puberty, resistance to chemotherapy,
asthma and cardiovascular system disorders. It has caused epigenetic changes, meaning alterations in the way genes switch
off and on and genetic changes that can be passed on to the next generations.
Frequent exposures to relatively large amounts of BPA in receipts are an obvious concern to every shopper, but even more
so to the legions of people who staff cash registers and bag groceries at tens of thousands of retailers across the country.
These workers handle BPA-loaded receipts hundreds of times a day, with as yet unknown consequences for their health (Biedermann
et al 2010). According to the U.S. Department of Labor’s Bureau of Labor Statistics, as of May 2009, the two largest U.S. occupations were “retail salespersons” and “cashiers,” with
more than 7 million Americans in those jobs.
Retail workers carry an average of 30 percent more BPA in their bodies than other adults, It is unclear how much BPA-coated
receipts contribute to people's total exposure to the ubiquitous plastics chemical. What is certain, however, is that since
many retail outlets already use BPA-free paper for their receipts, this is one source of contamination that could easily be
eliminated completely.
Thermal paper is widely used for point-of-sale receipts, prescription labels, airline tickets and lottery tickets. Thermal
printers use paper that is coated with a dye and developer (BPA or an alternative chemical). Heat from the thermal printing
head triggers a reaction between the dye and developer, allowing the black print to appear.
In an effort to quantify how much BPA would transfer to a person’s hand, the laboratory performed wipe tests on four
BPA-laden receipts. In all four cases, BPA transferred from the receipts to the wipes. An average of 2.4 percent of the receipts’
total BPA content wiped off, suggesting that a person who handled receipts would be exposed to some BPA in the thermal paper.
There have been no published studies of BPA residues inside pockets, purses and wallets, on wet produce in grocery bags or
on the hands of people after they crumpled and discarded a receipt.
Since 60 percent of the receipts EWG collected did not have significant levels of BPA, it is apparent that many retailers
are using alternatives. The leading U.S. thermal paper maker, Wisconsin-based Appleton Papers Inc., no longer incorporates
BPA in any of its thermal papers (Raloff 2009). Reacting to concerns about the toxicity of BPA, the Japan Paper Association
began to halt the use of BPA in 1998, completing the phase-out by 2003 (AIST 2007). EWG's analysis of three receipts collected
in Japan at KFC, McDonald's and Starbucks found only trace amounts of BPA. In addition, 11 of 13 U.S.-based retailers whose
receipts EWG tested used non-BPA paper in at least one outlet.
EWG urges retailers to use BPA-free paper and to consider paperless options such as emailed electronic receipts. These
measures could greatly reduce the volume of BPA disseminated by the retail industry and save paper in the bargain. Retailers
should make public the identity of any chemicals used in the alternative they select. Very little information is publicly
available on the now-common BPA alternatives for thermal receipts.
Tips to reduce exposures to BPA in receipts
Minimize receipt collection by declining receipts at gas pumps, ATMs and other machines when possible.
Store receipts separately in an envelope in a wallet or purse.
Never give a child a receipt to hold or play with.
After handling a receipt, wash hands before preparing and eating food (a universally recommended practice even for those
who have not handled receipts).
Do not use alcohol-based hand cleaners after handling receipts. A recent study showed that these products can increase
the skin's BPA absorption (Biedermann 2010).
Take advantage of store services that email or archive paperless purchase records.
Do not recycle receipts and other thermal paper. BPA residues from receipts will contaminate recycled paper.
If you are unsure, check whether paper is thermally treated by rubbing it with a coin. Thermal paper discolors with the
friction; conventional paper does not.
Methodology and Findings. EWG collected 36 receipts from retailers in seven states and the District of
Columbia:
Ten national retail and service chains, including Walmart, Chevron and McDonald's;
Three government establishments - the U.S. Postal Service and the cafeterias in the U.S. House of Representatives and
Senate; and
One local supermarket in Colorado.
We contracted with the analytical laboratory at the University of Missouri-Columbia's Division of Biological Sciences to
perform the analysis. The laboratory weighed, measured and photographed the receipts, dissolved them in an alcohol, then analyzed
them for BPA using a sensitive, standard BPA test method (High-Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) with CoulArray detection).
The laboratory detected substantial amounts of BPA on 16 of 36 receipts at an average amount of 1.9 percent by weight,
and a range of 0.8 to 2.8 percent (Table 1).
Table 1. Test Results - BPA in store receipts
Establishment where receipt was obtained
Location
Total mass of BPA on receipt (milligrams)
Size of receipt (square centimeters)
Mass of BPA relative to mass of receipt
Mass of BPA relative to surface area of receipt (micrograms of BPA per square centimeter)
Percent of BPA that rubbed off of receipt onto wet wipe
U.S. retailers
National Supermarkets
Safeway
Berkeley, CA
20.7
1,006
2.8%
35.9
Boulder, CO
20.6
1,575
1.8%
14.9
3.80%
Washington, DC
41.0
2,671
2.1%
10.1
Whole Foods
Superior, CO
10.8
902
1.8%
25.7
0.71%
Portland, OR
0.0005
1,911
0.0%
0.00
Gas station
Chevron
Berkeley, CA
0.0084
456
0.002%
0.06
*
Portland, OR
4.89
382
1.6%
52.9
Stafford, VA
2.98
400
0.8%
27.3
Pharmacy
CVS
Sacramento, CA
0.0008
1,258
0.0%
0.00
Clinton, CT
0.0009
882
0.0%
0.00
Kensington, MD
28.8
2,294
1.7%
9.68
Food
Starbucks
Boulder, CO
0.0000*
739
0.0%
0.00
*
Ames, IA
0.0206
805
0.003%
0.05
Wheaton, MD
0.0208
938
0.003%
0.04
Portland, OR
0.0164
739
0.003%
0.05
KFC
Boulder, CO
9.36
591
2.2%
48.6
2.88%
Ames, IA
0.0001*
498
0.0%
0.00
Wheaton, MD
10.64
836
1.7%
27.0
McDonalds
Superior, CO
0.0002
724
0.0%
0.00
*
Clinton, CT
13.3
703
2.7%
48.9
Washington, DC
9.07
739
1.4%
25.0
Superstores
Target
Albany, CA
ND
765
ND
ND
Superior, CO
0.0001*
617
0.0%
0.00
Wheaton, MD
ND
1,126
ND
ND
*
Walmart
Ames, IA
0.0001*
2,069
0.0%
0.00
*
Portland, OR
0.0003
1,325
0.0%
0.00
Stafford, VA
16.3
1,091
2.1%
25.2
Banks
Bank of America
Berkeley, CA
ND
805
ND
ND
Clinton, CT
ND
954
ND
ND
Wheaton, MD
ND
765
ND
ND
Local supermarket
Sunflower Farmers Market
Boulder, CO
0.145
994
0.017%
0.22
Government establishments
U.S. Postal Service
Boulder, CO
23.6
1,600
2.0%
16.4
2.21%
Clinton, CT
22.7
1,539
2.0%
17.0
Washington, DC
16.6
1,249
1.9%
19.1
U.S. House of Representatives Cafeteria
Washington, DC
5.42
494
1.3%
32.8
U.S. Senate Cafeteria
Washington, DC
0.00
540
0.0%
0.00
Retailers in Japan
Kentucky Fried Chicken
Sendai, Japan
0.0014
570
0.0%
0.01
McDonalds
Sendai, Japan
ND
352
ND
ND
Starbucks
Sendai, Japan
ND
826
ND
ND
Source: EWG compilation of BPA test results from the University of Missouri Division of Biological Sciences Laboratory,
for receipts collected by EWG. * Only trace BPA levels were detected on wipe samples of receipts not coated
with BPA.
Safeway supermarket receipts had the highest levels by several measures. Safeway receipts had 3 of the top 6 highest overall
BPA levels. A store in the District of Columbia had the greatest total estimated mass of BPA (41 milligrams). A Berkeley,
CA Safeway had the highest concentration of BPA relative to the paper mass (2.8 percent of the receipt weight). Safeway was
one of two retailers that had detectable BPA in all three store locations sampled.
The receipt for a McDonald's Happy Meal™ purchased in Clinton, Conn. on April 21, 2010 had an estimated 13 milligrams
of BPA. That equals the amount of BPA in 126 cans of Chef Boyardee Overstuffed Beef Ravioli in Hearty Tomato & Meat Sauce,
one of the products with the highest concentrations of BPA in EWG's 2007 tests of canned foods (EWG 2007).
Source: BPA test results from the University of Missouri Division of Biological Sciences Laboratory, for receipts
collected by EWG.
* BPA at trace level or not detected.
EWG also collected receipts from stores and bank ATMs in three or four cities for each of the ten national retail and service
chains sampled. Analysis of the laboratory tests found that of the 10 stores and bank ATMs:
One, Safeway, issued BPA-containing receipts in all cities.
Six issued a BPA-laden receipt in at least one, but not all, outlets - CVS, Walmart, KFC, Whole Foods, Chevron, and McDonald's
- indicating that these retailers use BPA-free receipts at some outlets.
Three provided receipts that were BPA-free or contained only trace amounts at all locations - Bank of America, Target
and Starbucks.
EWG also collected receipts from post offices and government cafeterias. All receipts from the U.S. Postal Service contained
BPA. A receipt from the U.S. House of Representatives cafeteria contained BPA, while a receipt from the U.S. Senate cafeteria
did not.
The laboratory performed four wipe samples on four BPA-laden receipts - 0.7-to-3.8 percent of the BPA detected on the receipt
easily wiped off onto a lightly moistened, BPA-free laboratory paper, with an average of 2.4 percent wiping off.
EWG also collected receipts from three retailers in Japan, at KFC, Starbucks and McDonald's outlets in the city of Sendai.
None contained BPA above trace levels. In our U.S. samples, KFC and McDonald's issued BPA-containing receipts in at least
one location.
Sources of Americans' exposures to BPA. BPA exposure is ubiquitous in the U.S. population. The CDC's National Biomonitoring Program found the chemical in the urine of 93 percent of Americans age six and older (Calafat 2008).
Researchers have considered BPA contamination of canned foods and beverages to be the primary sources of exposure in most
populations, especially for infants and children.
In 2007, Environmental Working Group published a ground-breaking study documenting that BPA had leached from epoxy can linings into more than half the canned foods, beverages and canned
liquid infant formula randomly purchased at supermarkets around the country. In the absence of any U.S. regulation on
BPA contamination of food, EWG has published an online guide to baby-safe bottles and formula.
However, a recent study suggests that other sources may also be important (Stahlhut 2009). These researchers measured urinary
levels of BPA in 1,469 adults after variable periods of fasting. They expected BPA levels in urine to fall rapidly in the
absence of new food exposures, since the chemical is excreted very quickly from the body. Instead, BPA levels dropped only
slowly, leading them to theorize that BPA from sources other than food may be significant, or, alternatively, that BPA may
be stored in human fat and released slowly and constantly into the body.
EWG assessed CDC biomonitoring data from Americans tested between 2003 and 2004 to learn if retail workers carry higher
amounts of BPA in their bodies than other adults. CDC provided employment information for 916 of 1,862 adults tested. EWG
analysis found that the 195 people who reported working in retail industries had 28 percent more BPA in their bodies than
the average U.S. adult, and 34 percent more BPA than other workers. EWG also found that four of the five occupations with
the highest BPA measurements may come in contact with receipts, including those in retail department stores, communications,
retail food stores, and eating and drinking establishments (Table 2).
Table 2. CDC biomonitoring studies indicate that retail workers are exposed to more BPA than other adults
Population tested
Number of people tested
Geometric mean concentration of BPA (ug/L)
Male (age 18 and above)
801
2.7
Female (age 18 and above)
864
2.3
All adults (age 18 and above)
1,665
2.5
All workers
916
2.5
Non-retail workers
721
2.4
Retail workers*
195
3.2
Source. EWG analysis of CDC biomonitoring data from samples collected from 2003-2004 (CDC 2004). * Retail workers
include people designated in CDC employment groups 23-28 (CDC 2004).
EWG recommends that retailers switch to non-BPA receipt technologies immediately to help reduce their employees' BPA exposures.
References
AIST. 2007. Risk ASsessment Document Series No. 4: Bisphenol A. National Institute of Advanced Industrial Science and Technology
(AIST), November 2007. AIST07-A00001-4.
Biedermann S, Tschudin P, Grob K. 2010. Transfer of bisphenol A from thermal printer paper to the skin. Anal Bioanal Chem.
Published online: July 11, 2010.
Calafat AM, Ye X, Wong LY, Reidy JA, Needham LL. 2008. Exposure of the U.S. population to bisphenol A and 4-tertiary-octylphenol:
2003-2004. Environmental Health Perspectives 116(1): 39-44.
CDC 2004. National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey Data 2003-2004. US Department of Health and Human Services,
Centers for Disease Control andPrevention: National Centre for Health Statistics (NCHS). Hyattsville, MD, http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/nhanes/nhanes2003-2004/nhanes03_04.htm
EWG. 2007. Bisphenol A: Toxic plastics chemical in canned foods. Environmental Working Group, March 2007. http://ewg.org/reports/bisphenola
Kaddar N, Harthé C, Déchaud H, Mappus E, Pugeat M. 2008. Cuteanous Penetration of Bisphenol A in Pig Skin. Journal of Toxicology
and Environmental Health, Part A. 71(8):471-73.
LaKind JS, Naiman DQ. 2010. Daily intake of bisphenol A and potential sources of exposure: 2005-2006 National Health and
Nutrition Examination Survey. Journal of Exposure Science and Environmental Epidemiology:1-8
Stahlhut RW, Welshons WV, Swan SH. 2009. Bisphenol A data in NHANES suggest longer that expected half-life, substantial
nonfood exposure, or both. Environmental Health Perspectives 117(5): 784-89.
APPENDIX - LABORATORY METHODOLOGY AND QUALITY ASSURANCE / QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES
Laboratory Methodology - EWG staff collected receipts in seven U.S. states -- California, Colorado, Connecticut,
Iowa, Maryland, Oregon and Virginia -- and the District of Columbia.
Samplers wore clean, powder-free nitrile gloves (Dynarex). They received the receipt from the cashier and held it gently
between two fingers. Once away from the cashier, samplers rolled the receipts with minimal handling and placed them into clean
polyurethane 50 mL tubes (Fischer Scientific). They noted the time, date, location, items purchased, temperature and humidity
as well as the location where receipts were rolled and tubed. ATM and gas station receipts were collected directly from the
machines in most cases.
EWG sent receipts to a laboratory at University of Missouri-Columbia, Division of Biological Sciences in Columbia, Mo.
The laboratory weighed, measured and photographed the receipts, analyzed for BPA and screened for bisphenol B, bisphenol S
and bisphenol F, using high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with CoulArray detection. The standard curve in our assay
ranges from 0.05 -4 nanograms per HPLC run. Four receipts that had values below and above the range of the standard curve
are considered to be outside the limit of quantitation of the assay. These estimated values were different from five samples
labeled as "non-detectable (ND)," in which there was no evidence of BPA.
Digestion analysis: Lengths of receipt weighing 200 mg each were cut and placed in a glass tube. No attempt was
made to control for the amount of printing on the receipt. The receipts were incubated in methanol (15 ml, to cover the receipt)
for 3 hours at room temperature, with occasional agitation. The methanol was then poured into clean glass tubes and diluted
for analysis.
Migration analysis : EWG selected 9 of the collected receipts for migration analysis. For these, a piece of lab
wipe (KimWipe) was lightly dampened with methanol and wiped in a zigzag fashion across the top (printed) surface of a 5 cm
by 5 cm piece of receipt. This wipe was then soaked in methanol for 3 hours at room temperature, and the methanol then decanted
and analyzed for BPA.
Quality assurance / Quality control procedures
The laboratory found no detectable BPA on sampling materials, including KimWipes, gloves and shipping tubes.
The laboratory assessed recoveries of BPA from paper by spiking a piece of filter paper approximately 8-by-8 centimeters
with BPA and soaking it in methanol, as described for the sales receipts. This method only approximates BPA recovery from
receipts since the paper and coating matrices are different.
The laboratory also analyzed samples with added BPA to determine whether the sample extract quenches or augments BPA measurements.
Recoveries in positive controls averaged 92 percent. Sample data values presented in this study are not corrected for recovery.
The laboratory did not detect BPB, BPF and BPS in the receipts tested. Unidentified peaks were seen in some receipt samples
that did not contain BPA. Some of these appeared to reflect high concentrations.
President Obama signed a six-month extension of emergency jobless benefits for the long-term unemployed on
Thursday, restoring aid to nearly 3 million people whose checks have been cut off since the program expired in early June.
The White House signing ceremony came barely three hours after the House approved the $34 billion measure
on a vote of 272 to 152. The Senate passed the measure Wednesday after a months-long stalemate.
"Americans who are fighting to find a good job and support their families will finally get the support they
need to get back on their feet during these tough economic times," Obama said in a statement. He called on Congress to swiftly
approve additional measures to create jobs and bolster the sluggish recovery, including a package of small-business incentives
that faced a battery of GOP objections in the Senate late Thursday.
"Small businesses are the engine of job growth, and measures to cut their taxes and make lending available
should not be held hostage to partisan tactics like those that unconscionably held up unemployment insurance," Obama said.
The jobless bill revives a program that provides up to 99 weeks of income support to those who have lost their
jobs in the recession. Advocates for the unemployed said checks in some states are likely to go out quickly; in others, people
can expect a delay of several weeks.
With unemployment at 9.5 percent, both parties agree that jobless benefits should be extended, but the legislation has been mired in an increasingly
bitter election-year battle over whether the government should add to an already bloated national debt to bolster the economy.
Republicans said no, arguing that the nation should pay for the extension with unexpended funds from last year's economic
stimulus package.
Press for Truth Video Report About The G20 Summit Weekend
Bilderberg 2010: What we have learned
A huge agenda of global issues was crammed into four days of 'secret' meetings by
a mysterious group of power brokers. But who elected them and why are we paying for them?
The lines have been drawn. Whose side are you on? Photograph: Alex Amengual
Weary and bramble-scratched, elated by the press coverage, and sick of riot vans and lukewarm
Spanish omelette baguettes, we return from Bilderberg 2010 with the following thoughts uppermost in our tired mind:
• 'Global cooling' is on the cards
Check out the agenda for Bilderberg 2010: "Financial reform, security, cyber technology, energy, Pakistan, Afghanistan, world food problem, global cooling, social
networking, medical science, EU-US relations." That list is a window into your future. Don't think for one minute that it
isn't. And don't ignore it, because it isn't ignoring you.
I love how "social networking" must fry the Bilderbergian mind. On the one hand, as Zuckerberg of Facebook says, privacy
is no longer a social norm so it's okay to milk the networking sites for information, social trends and dissident thinking;
however, you can't stop the people from arranging a meet-up to discuss internet censorship or the rights and wrongs of "global
cooling". Speaking of which, Bill Gates (Bilderberg 2010) is funding "cloud whitening" technology; trials start soon. Global
dimming isn't just something that happens every time Big Brother starts. On the basis of this agenda, I think we can expect
a lot of statements about cutting-edge cloud-technology trials in the next 12 months. If it works in Dubai, it can work in
Britain too...
• You can't keep a good story down
If I had to pick the point when Bilderberg finally broke through into mainstream news, it would
be when the BBC News Blog published a round-up of Bilderberg reports. Twelve months ago, this would have been barely conceivable. This year, Kissinger must be spitting chips.
• People love their 'leaders'
I know this sounds peculiar, or at least it does to me, but this year's Bilderbloggings have quite commonly been met with outrage at the idea that we should submit Bilderberg to greater scrutiny. You hear people
talk about the delegates at Bilderberg as their "leaders", and you see the delegates mythologised as the greatest and the
best – whose benign Olympian machinations should progress untroubled by the interference of public and press. "Leaders"
like the CEO of Royal Dutch Shell, and the chairman of Kissinger Associates Inc.
I'm baffled to the point of punching tree trunks to witness the determination of some folk to throw themselves in front
of these heads of corporations and presidents of banks and to wave their arms protectively, yelping: "Leave them alone! Let
them strategise for the good of the world in peace! How could they possibly have a frank discussion with our politicians if
we were privy to it? Stop this unseemly prying!" I mean, seriously. The day that Marcus Agius, chairman of Barclays, strategises
for my good is the day he repays me the hundreds of pounds of bank charges he's been levying on me since my schooldays. The
day that Peter Voser, CEO of Royal Dutch Shell, sits around a table with the express concern of making the world a better,
more beautiful place for all of us, is the day that my arse grows teeth and eats my hat.
One afternoon, towards the end of the conference, my wife and I chanced upon some of the Bilderberg organisers out on a
two-limo trip to the seafront. We recognised them from our stay at the hotel before the conference began. We went up and asked
them if they could confirm the names of British delegates attending this year's meeting. In horror, they jackknifed from the
promenade, back into their limos, one of them cackling weirdly and holding her handbag to her face. Another snatched a camera
from the footwell, and started snapping my face as I snapped hers. You can see me give the thumbs-up in the photo. So, if
I wasn't before, I'm now on Bilderberg's least wanted list. What a bore.
Bilderberg snaps back: my face is on its way to Leiden HQ. Photograph: Charlie
Skelton
Maybe they'll write me nice letter, asking me to cease and desist. Or maybe ... maybe it's best I state now, for the record:
I'm not a communist, a fascist, a racist or a petty thief. I didn't steal that laptop, I didn't photograph those children,
I don't mutilate horses. I didn't sleep with that prostitute. I don't believe in UFOs. I don't have sketchbooks filled with
drawings of the Houses of Parliament on fire. I don't hate progress. I am not possessed of vile feelings towards the Dutch,
the Spanish, the Jews, the Mormons, the Welsh, or anyone on earth except Peruvian folk musicians. I'm not into S&M. I've
never paid anyone to hose me with custard, or tread on my testicles in six-inch heels. I don't spend Friday nights in a gimp
suit. I'm not an adult baby. I *did* make a porn film once, but it wasn't a very good one. Too much plot.
I'm not manically depressed, delusional, bitter towards the world, a brooding failure, a collector of SS regalia, obsessed
with one particular local weather reporter, or suicidal. I didn't raise my voice. The steps of the police station weren't
slippy. I don't want to kill bankers or string up politicians. I don't want to overthrow the government. I wouldn't mind if
there were fewer talent shows on TV, but it's nothing that's likely to spill over into bloodshed. I'm not wearing a bra. I
haven't had sex with a turkey.
• People aren't angry enough
There were 130 people up the hill, chugging sangria and strategising. And down at the foot of
the hill, on the other side of the riot vans, about 130 people with flags and cameras. My God, that's depressing. In a world
that, by any estimation, is a hard, gruelling, unfair place to billions of humans, in which assets are being grabbed, wealth
is being relentlessly centralised (the Bilderbank, Goldman Sachs, has just notched up its best ever quarter, in which George Osborne so kindly lets us choose our own "austerity measures" – in such a distressingly cocked-up
world, 130 of us made it all the way to the Spanish seaside to say: "Maybe what you're strategising up there isn't working
out for the best."
Perhaps there would have been more, but people have got other things on their mind: they're behind on their mortgage payments,
saving up for a wedding, saving up for a divorce, saving up for a holiday that doesn't involve being detained by policemen,
disenchanted by CamCleggian sameness, hotly engaged in local politics, knackered, sick, drunk, or Spelbound (in the Britain's
Got Talent sense of the word). They're furious enough that Robert Green let that goal in, never mind anything else. Where's
the headspace to be concerned about Bilderberg?
Bertrand Russell saw it coming. He saw a world in which "any serious criticism of the powers that be will become psychologically
impossible". I'm surprised you've even got time in your day to have scrolled this far down.
Sure, Campbell was on the quietly published list of attendees, but the difference between a list of names and a photo is
incalculable. So there we have it: accountability, transparency, and none of it possible without people like Quierosaber packing
a knapsack at 4am, wrapping laurel leaves round a borrowed camera and hiding under brambles.
• There's an awful lot of unelected 'advising' in the world
One of the participants snapped by Quierosaber is the glacial senior fellow of the Hudson Institute, Marie-Josée Kravis,
(wife of Henry Kravis, head of private equity megafirm KKR). The tax-exempt Hudson Institute is a US "thinktank" which has
a clearly stated aim: "We seek to guide global leaders in government and business." It's funded by good and wise people like
Monsanto, DuPont, Pfizer, McDonald's, General Atomics, IBM, Proctor & Gamble, and Conrad Black (Bilderberg attendee and
currently guest of Florida correctional institution).
The Hudson Institute was set up by the Rand Corporation (which had previously been set up by the Douglas Aircraft Company
to advise the US military). In a nutshell, that's who Marie-Josée Kravis works for, and that's who George Osborne spent Bilderberg
2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009 listening to. In the words of Aretha Franklin: who's zoomin' who? And who the hell asked these foundations
for their guidance in the first place? Stop issuing reports! Stop thinktanking! Stop presenting "well-timed recommendations
to leaders in government". Mind your own unelected business for a change. And pay some tax while you're about it.
• There's still no answer to the big question
I'd like to quote the prime minister, David Cameron (Bilderberg, 2008): "Greater transparency is at the heart of our shared
commitment to enable the public to hold politicians and public bodies to account … It's your money, your government,
you should know what's going on. So we're going to rip off that cloak of secrecy and extend transparency as far and as wide
as possible."
In the spirit of secret cloaks being ripped away, it seems reasonable to ask: does the secretive
"private meeting" of Bilderberg, which takes "one-third" of its participants "from government and politics", have any effect
at all on our domestic and international policies? Does this fantastically media-shy group that has our brand new lord chancellor, Kenneth Clarke QC MP, on its inner steering committee, does this four-day conference, with its agenda and its lanyards and its side-meeting seminar rooms, does it serve to influence
the way our country is run? Or is that a bit like asking: Does Amy Winehouse like a drink?
Explicitly top of Bilderberg's agenda this year is "financial reform". Present at this year's conference: Paul Volcker, chairman of Obama's economic recovery advisory
board. Just after Bilderberg, Obama warns of massive layoffs of teachers, police and firefighters. Also present was Portugal's
finance minster, Fernando Teixeira dos Santos. Portugal has just voted through an emergency package of tax hikes and public
spending cuts. Was any of this discussed in the financial reform sessions? If not, what was discussed?
If Bilderberg doesn't influence public policy, then why is it four days long, and why does it spend €10m
protecting the sanctity of its discussions? Why hold it at all? What a waste of busy people's time! And if it does
influence public policy, then by what twisted logic is public money being spent keeping it secret? And why, in this publicly
protected secrecy, should Klaus Kleinfeld (disgraced former CEO of Siemens AG) and Dieter Zetsche (the chairman of Mercedes-Benz),
and James A Johnson (board member of Goldman Sachs, member of the trilateral commission, member of the Council on Foreign
Relations), have the ear of our politicians?
Cameron wants us to have the answers to these questions. As he says: "It's your money, your government, you should know
what's going on." So we ask: How much British public money has been used to police Bilderberg? Who's putting the request in
to MI5? Who's paying for the watermelons? Does the Bilderberg Group have an accounts book? Could we see it? Could someone
ask Ken Clarke for a copy? Isn't it about time the Daily Telegraph got involved? Are taxpayers paying for the riot vans? Or
are corporations hiring police forces as private armies to stand guard over a private meeting?
These questions are exactly as stupid and exactly as important as asking whether Sir Peter Viggers bought his own duck
house. These are questions about political process that deserve simple and straightforward answers, not the scorn of idiots
for asking them.
• It takes longer to get from Sitges to Santander than you might think
I missed the ferry home. And not even by a whisker. I was a good 100km out in my estimate. There was shouting and recrimination
on a rain-sodden Basque motorway. I can't believe I didn't do what the VP of Fiat did and come by private jet.
• There are only 358 shopping days till Bilderberg 2011
Maybe you think there's nothing to worry about here. Maybe you think Bilderberg isn't a public-private travesty of secrecy
and lies. Maybe you see nothing odd in Tony Blair (Bilderberg 1993) lying to parliament about going. Maybe you think this
is how "important stuff" gets done, how geopolitics should be conducted. Maybe you think it's okay that a representative of
the Hudson Institute, which campaigns against organic food and is funded by Monsanto, should be locked in a conference centre
for four days discussing the "world food problem" with Joaquín Almunia, the EU commissioner for competition.
Marching off into the sunset: but they'll be back again for Bilderberg 2011.
Photograph: Alex Amengual
Maybe you look at the world and think it'll all be okay tomorrow because, for you at least, it's
sort of okay today. Maybe you see "social networking" and "cyber technology" on Bilderberg's agenda and you aren't concerned.
Maybe you don't think Peter Mandelson's rushed-through digital economy bill had anything to do with his attendance at Bilderberg 2009.
Maybe you don't see an irony in the individual getting screwed and screwed again by the same corporations and bailed-out
banks who are so forthcoming with their advice for our politicians. Maybe you don't feel like you're getting shafted. Or maybe
you've just got numb. There are plenty of other things to worry about in the world. Serious things, like health and poverty
and terrorism. And anyway, the people up the hill in Bilderberg will sort it out for us. They're clever people. They're experts.
They just spent four days talking about "medical science" and the "world food problem". They're on it. We can relax.
Or maybe you think it would a good thing to keep the Bilderball rolling. The massively increased coverage of this year's
Bilderberg didn't just "happen". People made it happen. People emailed photos to press agencies, rang up friends who worked
for newspapers, gave interviews to camera crews, and a local lawyer whose wife was giving birth to twins gave pro bono advice
over the phone. So here's an idea: maybe you were given a telephoto lens three Christmases ago and you've never had cause
to use it. Maybe you're not sure we should start bombing Iran just yet. Maybe you're a fan of "greater transparency", and
fancy taking Cameron up on his pledge "to enable the public to hold politicians and public bodies to account". Maybe you'd
like to meet some of the sharp, savvy, committed, interested people I've met this last week. Maybe you'd like to be one of
them.
Borrow a tent, set up a YouTube channel, start saving now for the flight. Email us on bilderberg2011@yahoo.co.uk. Let's add a zero to the end of 130. And let's put an end to the lunatic, inappropriate, expensive and undemocratic secrecy
of Bilderberg.
Holographic preachers are stirring another technology-gone-too-far debate among Christians.
While the dust over beaming preachers on a video screen on multi-site campuses has somewhat settled, the new 3D tool is
raising more questions and concerns among some believers.
"Since so many of us in the west are convinced that entertaining pew fodder is critical to advancing 'the gospel' and that
only a very few have the necessary gifts to preachertain – this will become the 'perfect' solution," Bill Kinnon, author
of A Networked Conspiracy, Social Networks, The Church & the Power of Collective Intelligence, wrote in a recent
blog post.
What has Kinnon and many other Christians talking is the holographic technology that music artist Madonna famously used at the Grammy Awards in 2006 and that one company wants to promote in churches.
Tony Morgan, pastor of ministries at West Ridge Church near Atlanta, introduced the technology as a possible church tool
on his blog this week. He had visited with the company Clark (formerly Clark ProMedia) at their offices in Alpharetta, Ga.,
where they demonstrated the 3D tool. As he stood on the stage of the company's new theater, an image of another person was
projected next to him. From the audience's perspective, it appears as if the other figure was actually present.
The technology itself isn't new to Morgan but it was the first time he saw it in person.
Houston Clark, whose company has been involved in "high-end video venue type production environments," is looking to get
holograms in churches. He met with Ainsley Henn of Musion Systems based in the U.K. – the company responsible for the
Gorillaz hologram in the Madonna show.
In an interview with ChurchMediaDesign.tv, Clark said the technology creates an "as if you're there experience" and "begins
to extend the realism of virtual teaching venues."
"This just gives you a completely limitless palette for creating environments that don't look as if you're viewing them
but look as if you're part of them because it's in three dimensions," he added.
Currently, there are some 3,000 multi-sites in the country. Some churches that have adopted the one church in multiple
locations approach have turned their other campuses into video venues. In other words, the pastor preaches at one location
and is beamed to screens in other locations.
Video venues stirred debate among pastors, some of whom felt it was making a celebrity out of the preacher.
Bob Hyatt, lead pastor of Evergreen Community and a church planter, argued earlier that video venues focus "entirely too
much on the preaching gifts of one person."
Now with holograms slated to replace 2D video images of preachers at multi-sites, the technology is reviving the debate.
"Wow!!! Who needs fellowship anymore? Soon I will be able to sit at home in my pj’s and have my Pastor in my living
room. Who needs a Pastor? We can have one hologram preacher for the whole world and then we wouldn’t need to pay for
one. What is the church coming to?" one commenter named Schuyler Hedrick wrote in response to Morgan's blog.
Missiologist Ed Stetzer, meanwhile, sees the use of holograms in the church as a "natural evolution" of the technology.
"[P]eople watched their pastor live on a big screen at a megachurch, then they watched their pastor on video from another place, now the video goes from 2D to 3D," he commented to The Christian
Post. "It is not a shift of philosophy but of technology. If you are already OK watching via video, this is just a new tool,
not a new approach."Continue »
Researchers have found that implanted identity chips can pick up computer viruses.
Reading University's Mark Gasson conducted an experiment to show how radio frequency identity (RFID)
chips could become electronically infected.
He explained to Rory Cellan-Jones the risks involved with the new technology including its effects
on medical implants such as pacemakers.
The Britain of today is watched constantly by CCTV cameras, is preparing for a national ID card, slaps a “crown
copyright” on most government data, and can now censor websites and eventually boot people off the Internet.
According to the new Liberal Democrat/Tory coalition government, that’s all about to change. The coalition
today released its unified policy statement (PDF), and for techies and privacy advocates, there’s lots to like.
We will scrap the ID card scheme, the National Identity register and the ContactPoint database, and halt
the next generation of biometric passports.
We will outlaw the fingerprinting of children at school without parental permission.
We will adopt the protections of the Scottish model for the DNA database.
We will review libel laws to protect freedom of speech.
We will further regulate CCTV.
We will end the storage of internet and e-mail records without good reason.
We will create a level playing field for open-source software and will enable large ICT projects to be split
into smaller components.
We will create a new “right to data” so that government-held datasets can be requested and used
by the public, and then published on a regular basis.
We will introduce measures to ensure the rapid roll-out of superfast broadband across the country. We will
ensure that BT and other infrastructure providers allow the use of their assets to deliver such broadband, and we will seek
to introduce superfast broadband in remote areas at the same time as in more populated areas. If necessary, we will consider
using the part of the TV license fee that is supporting the digital switchover to fund broadband in areas that the market
alone will not reach.
That last bit about broadband is a change from current Labour policies, which proposed a (hugely unpopular)
50p per month tax on broadband connections to help fund universal broadband infrastructure. The new proposal draws that money
from the already-existing TV license fee.
In addition, the Lib Dems have separately pledged to roll back the worst excesses of the recent Digital Economy bill that brought Web censorship and possible Internet disconnection to the UK. At a party conference over the weekend, they asked ministers to “take all possible steps to ensure the repeal of those sections of the Digital
Economy Act 2010 which are inconsistent with the policy motion ‘Freedom, creativity and the internet‘.”
Trilateral Commission Big Daddy confronted in Dublin resort: “Mr. Rockefeller, you will never
get your New World Order! We are not your slaves!”
Trading, of course, is supposed to be a risky business:
You win some, you lose some. That's how traders justify their gargantuan bonuses--their jobs are so risky that they deserve
to be paid millions for protecting their firms' precious capital. (Of course, the only thing that happens if traders fail to protect that capital is that taxpayers bail out the bank and the traders are paid huge "retention" bonuses to prevent
them from leaving to trade somewhere else, but that's a different story).
But these days, trading isn't risky at all. In fact, it's safer than walking down the street.
Why?
Because the US government is lending money to the big banks at near-zero interest rates. And the banks are then turning
around and lending that money back to the US government at 3%-4% interest rates, making 3%+ on the spread. What's more, the
banks are leveraging this trade, borrowing at least $10 for every $1 of equity capital they have, to increase the size of
their bets. Which means the banks can turn relatively small amounts of equity into huge profits--by borrowing from the
taxpayer and then lending back to the taxpayer.
Why is the US government still lending banks money at near-zero interest rates? Ostensibly, for the same reason that the
government bailed out the banks in the first place: So the banks will lend
money to small businesses, big businesses, and other participants in the "real economy."
And one reason private sector lending has fallen off a cliff is that lending money to the private sector is risky. Lending
money to the government, meanwhile, is nearly risk-free. So the banks are just lending money back to the government (by scarfing
up US Treasuries), collecting a nearly risk-free 3% spread, and then leveraging up this bet 10-15 times.
Image: St Louis Fed
THAT's how the big banks made money 63 days in a row. Importantly, doing this required no
special genius: If you had the good fortune of working at a big bank, you would be making money every day, too. And
then you'd get to take half of that money home as a bonus!
No wonder everyone wants to work on Wall Street.
The government's zero-interest-rate policy, in other words, is the biggest Wall Street subsidy yet. So far, it has done
little to increase the supply of credit in the real economy. But it has hosed responsible people who lived within their means
and are now earning next-to-nothing on their savings. It has also allowed the big Wall Street banks to print money to offset
all the dumb bets that brought the financial
system to the brink of collapse two years ago. And it has fattened Wall Street bonus pools to record levels again.
About 120 people turned up outside Montreal city hall to express their opposition to Bill 94, saying the
legislation reflects cultural xenophobia and has no place in Quebec society.
Photograph by: Allen McInnis, THE GAZETTE
Religious rights and freedoms in Canada are under legal scrutiny today more than at any other time in our history.
In this province, the B.C. Supreme Court is weighing the constitutionality of an archaic polygamy law because Victoria
wants to stamp out Winston Blackmore's old-style Mormon practice of polygamy.
In Quebec, the province's move to outlaw the niqab worn by some Muslims seems an even more blatant attack on religious
freedoms.
These cases follow last year's Supreme Court of Canada split decision upholding an amendment to Alberta law that said Hutterites
had to be photographed if they wanted a driver's licence.
The majority's reasons, I believe, understated the nature and importance of the Constitution's guarantee of freedom of
religion.
I think it's time we all reread the dissent: The minority said Alberta was trampling on religious freedom by forcing the
Hutterites to have their images recorded by the government.
The province claimed the integrity of the licensing system and the need to combat identity fraud required the Hutterites
to have their picture taken.
Justices Louis LeBel, Morris Fish and Rosalie Abella said nonsense and insisted Alberta had failed to demonstrate the constitutional
infringement was justified.
There also were alternatives that the province could have considered.
The same can be said of what is happening in Quebec and B.C. today.
Our fundamental law requires only a sincere belief that a practice fosters an individual religious commitment, nothing
more.
It is irrelevant whether the niqab is required by the Koran, that Blackmore's sexual tenets seem culled from Playboy rather
than the Book of Mormon or that the Hutterites are living in the past -- in Canada it matters only that they sincerely believe.
That's because we as a society supposedly believe in tolerance.
Since the World Trade Center terrorist strikes, however, that value has been under extreme pressure.
The roughly 250 Hutterites who drove in Alberta, for instance, had enjoyed an exemption from having their photographs taken
for 29 years without evidence that the integrity of the licensing system was harmed in any way.
In addition, more than 700,000 Albertans have no driver's licence and are not in the province's facial recognition database
-- another 250 or so absent photos would make no meaningful difference to the risk of identity fraud.
Yet although the benefit of having the photographs of Hutterites who may wish to drive is only marginally useful to the
prevention of identity theft, the mandatory requirement seriously harmed the religious rights of the Hutterites and threatened
their ability to maintain their way of life.
The requirement, the dissenters pointed out, was a form of indirect coercion that placed the Hutterites in the untenable
position of having to choose between compliance with their beliefs or abandoning the self-sufficiency of their community,
which has historically preserved its religious autonomy through its independence.
The provincial regulatory measures had an impact not only on the Hutterites' belief system but also on the life of their
community.
Absolute safety is probably impossible in a democratic society, Justice LeBel noted, and allowing a few hundred Hutterites
to continue to enjoy the photo exemption would not have unduly compromised the security of Albertans.
That solution may also have been a reasonable and constitutional alternative.
Justice LeBel added that the court's job was to strike a proper balance between state action on the one hand and, on the
other, the preservation of charter rights and the protection of rights or interests that may not be guaranteed by the Constitution
but that may nevertheless be of high social value or importance.
This important dissent is a warning to governments that they should be careful not to severely damage constitutional rights
for marginal social benefits.
As in the Alberta case, I don't believe either the B.C. or Quebec government has done the legwork to justify its contemplated
constitutional infringement or fully discussed more palatable alternatives.
I think we're at a watershed moment -- perhaps we are no longer willing to tolerate irrational or offensive religious practices
even if they cause little harm.
imulgrew@vancouversun.com
Exempted From Codex Language in Food Safety Bill April 13, 2010
The FDA Food Modernization Act (S. 510), also referred to as the “Food Safety” bill,
has been modified to exempt dietary supplements from language that otherwise creates a slippery slope toward U.S. harmonization
with Codex Alimentarius. ANH-USA worked to protect the natural health community from this dangerous provision that threatened
access to high quality, therapeutic supplement doses by working with key senators to modify the language, now for the second
time.
The most worrisome provision of the bill initially required the Food and Drug Agency (FDA) to
recommend that U.S. foreign trading partners harmonize with Codex. This odd language was no doubt very intentional. How could we recommend harmonization
to other countries if we rejected it for the U.S.? So in effect we were committing ourselves to a much more restrictive regulatory
regime for supplements.
As the Senate moved forward with the Food Safety bill, Senator Harkin (D-IA), committee chair,
working closely with Senator Orrin Hatch (R-UT), promised to see what could be done to make absolutely clear this legislation
was not intended to impact our access to dietary supplements. At that time, Senator Harkin modified the Codex provision, asking
the FDA to consider “whether and how” to recommend U.S. foreign trading partners harmonize. This was a very important
change and a tremendous show of support from both Senators, but we were still concerned that the inclusion of Codex language
in the bill could be used to support future U.S. harmonization with Codex standards on dietary supplements.
ANH-USA worked with our allies in the Senate over the past several months to include additional
language providing stronger protection for supplements. New language has now been added specifically stating, “Nothing
in this section shall be construed to affect the regulation of dietary supplements.”
The Codex Alimentarius was initially developed to establish international food safety standards
and regulate ingredients of food products. However, there is great concern that if the U.S. harmonizes with Codex standards,
which are expected to follow Europe’s increasing ban on supplements, our access to supplements will be lost and even
our food standards may be compromised. Although ANH-USA considers the new exemption a huge victory, it only applies to dietary
supplements. The U.S. is still at risk of harmonization with other Codex food standards.
ANH-USA is especially grateful to Senators Harkin and Hatch for their leadership, continued
dedication to the natural health community, and most recently, their show of support protecting our supplements from Codex
harmonization. The Senate is expected to take up the Food Safety bill any day now. As the legislative process moves forward
we will keep our members up to date on our efforts and where appropriate, we’ll ask for your help to protect supplements
from increased government intrusion. The House version of the Food Safety bill, already passed, is especially worrisome. We
will continue to make every effort, with your help, to ensure that the House version does not become law.
'Dehumanization, part of US training'
Sun, 18 Apr 2010
Former US Army specialist Josh Steiber
A former US Army specialist, who was part of the same unit that killed Iraqi civilians from a helicopter
in 2007, says dehumanization is part of basic US army training.
In an interview with Press TV, Josh Steiber explained
the three years he spent in the US Army before he asked to be released as a conscientious objector.
Steiber said "the
dehumanizing of people from other countries" was the main reason that he quit the Army.
"As far back as basic training,
we were singing songs as we were marching around, joking about killing women and children," he told the Press TV correspondent
in Washington.
The whistle-blower website, WikiLeaks, released a shocking video earlier this month showing US soldiers
in an Apache helicopter killing dozens of Iraqi civilians, including two Reuters employees, in cold blood.
Steiber
noted that he sang the following song together with other members of his unit:
I went down to the market where
all the women shop I took out my machete and I began to chop
I went down to the park where all the children play
I pulled out my machine gun and I began to spray
Steiber pointed out that he did not personally know the pilot
in the video because they were attached to his unit only on that one fateful day.
However, the former US Army specialist
was not surprised by what was on the tape.
"You're focused on the physical aspect, but all along there is a psychological
aspect."
"I think it would be wrong to put all [the blame] on the individual soldier. I think it's very telling that
the secretary of defense, [Robert Gates], came out over the weekend and said there is no wrongdoing in the video."
"And
so if you're only adjusting a few soldiers when the secretary of defense is putting his stamp of approval on this, then the
system is not gonna change."
Steiber concluded that there are other soldiers and veterans who are as disillusioned
and war-weary as he is.
Alan Greenspan's performance before the
Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission was a real Oscar winner. At no time, was the ex-Fed chairman in trouble, and he was able
to showcase the full repertoire of fake emotions for which he is renowned. He was alternately condescending, professorial,
combative, engaging, and acerbic. It was vintage Greenspan from start to finish; the tedious jabber, the crusty rejoinders,
the endless excuse-making. At 80, Maestro still hasn't lost his touch. No one laid a glove on him, which is precisely the
problem.
It's galling that, after everything that's taken place, Greenspan is still treated like royalty; still given
a platform so he can run-circles around his critics and make them look like fools. That's not what the public wanted, another
playful sparring-match with Chairman Flim-flam. They wanted to see him grilled, interrogated, badgered, threatened and humiliated.
And they want to see some trifling sign of remorse for the ruin he's brought on the country. But there was no remorse; no
restless squirming, no flickering look of self-doubt, no sudden outburst of regret. Nothing at all. Just the brazen buck-passing
of a self-admiring old man trying to pluck his reputation from the ashheap.
No one person is more responsible for the
financial crisis than Alan Greenspan. He can say whatever he likes, but the 8.5 million people who spend their days shuffling
in unemployment lines, have him to thank. And that's doubly true for the 300,000 families who lose their homes every month
or the millions of people now scrimping by on food stamps. They can blame Maestro for the mess they're in.
In his testimony,
Greenspan blamed subprime securitization, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the fall of the Berlin Wall, too much saving in China
etc. etc. etc. Everyone is to blame; everyone except Greenspan that is, the Teflon Fed chief.
On
March 21, after months of wrangling, the House finally passed the healthcare “reform” bill by a slim margin of
219 to 212. As one commentator noted, at the end of the day this bill was more about showing who wields power in Washington
than it was a battle over fixing systemic problems plaguing medicine in the United States.
Independent liberals and
conservatives, who are not beholden to either Democrats or Republicans, saw the bill for what it truly is: A welfare check
for private health insurance companies that does nothing to curb out-of-control costs or the high price of medicine that is
strangling individuals and businesses alike.
On the eve of the bill’s passage one independent news web site called
Firedoglake posted key facts gleaned from establishment and government sources that show why the bill would actually hurt
middle-class Americans.
In actuality, the bill does not do what its advocates have promised. While it forces everyone—including
those who are already struggling financially—to purchase private health plans or face fines administered by IRS revenuers,
health insurance companies will not be barred from raising premiums. And, while it establishes an “insurance exchange”
that is supposedly intended to give citizens the ability to shop around for cheaper insurance, it does not stop the industry
from price-fixing or engaging in other trust-like behavior.
Finally, it does not allow citizens to save money by purchasing
cheaper drugs from countries like Canada that regulate prices.
It is estimated the measure will insure 30 million Americans
who previously had no health insurance.
But this will come at a steep cost to middle-class taxpayers and other healthy
Americans, who will see their premiums go up to cover the new costs to private insurers for those people.
Barack Obama
has promised that by 2016 the bill will reduce premiums by $2,500. However, an analysis by a watchdog group found that annual
insurance premiums in all markets across the board will either remain the same in the next six years or will go up.
Working-class
families are already struggling to pay the bills. Medical costs remain the leading cause of bankruptcies in America. Now,
a family of four that makes $66,000 a year will have to pay a private insurance firm over $5,000—nearly 10 percent of
their gross income—annually for private health insurance, not including deductibles and co-pays, which will likely increase,
too.
Also, businesses are expected to take a hit with an excise tax to pay for the program. Of course, companies will
pass on the extra expense to their employees by having them pay more for their insurance.
Finally, insurance companies
will be forced to cover people with pre-existing conditions like cancer. But, according to reports, it is expected that healthy
employees will be forced to pay more to cover the rising cost of insuring everyone.
As if this is not bad enough, private
health insurance companies will now be responsible for policing themselves and processing complaints. And they will remain
exempt from antitrust laws designed to prevent the type of price controls made famous in the days of the robber barons.
The
vote itself was split almost entirely down party lines, with all 178 House Republicans voting against the measure. Thirty-four
conservative Democrats also voted against the bill. Their names are published in the chart below.
Rep. John Adler (N.J.) Rep.
Jason Altmire (Pa.) Rep. Michael Arcuri (N.Y.) Rep. John Barrow (Ga.) Rep. Marion Berry (Ark.) Rep. Dan Boren
(Okla.) Rep. Rick Boucher (Va.) Rep. Bobby Bright (Ala.) Rep. Ben Chandler (Ky.) Rep. Travis Childers (Miss.) Rep.
Artur Davis (Ala.) Rep. Lincoln Davis (Tenn.) Rep. Chet Edwards (Texas) Rep. Stephanie Herseth Sandlin (S.D.) Rep.
Tim Holden (Pa.) Rep. Larry Kissell (N.C.) Rep. Frank Kratovil (Md.) Rep. Dan Lipinski (Ill.) Rep. Stephen Lynch
(Mass.) Rep. Jim Marshall (Ga.) Rep. Jim Matheson (Utah) Rep. Mike McIntyre (N.C.) Rep. Mike McMahon (N.Y.) Rep.
Charlie Melancon (La.) Rep. Walt Minnick (Idaho) Rep. Glenn Nye (Va.) Rep. Collin Peterson (Minn.) Rep. Mike Ross
(Ark.) Rep. Heath Shuler (N.C.) Rep. Ike Skelton (Mo.) Rep. Zack Space (Ohio) Rep. John Tanner (Tenn.) Rep.
Gene Taylor (Miss.) and Rep. Harry Teague (N.M.)
Arizona Town Bans Home Bible Study
Monday, March 2010
GILBERT, Ariz. —
The national Alliance Defense Fund says a town code that bars religious assemblies in private homes in the Arizona community
of Gilbert is unconstitutional.
The Oasis of Truth church began meeting at Pastor Joe Sutherland's house in November and rotated homes several times a week for
Bible study and fellowship.
A Gilbert code compliance officer hit the church with a violation
notice after seeing a sign near a road advertising a Sunday service.
A zoning administrator told the church that Bible studies, church
leadership meetings and fellowship activities are not permitted in private homes.
The Scottsdale-based group has filed an appeal with the town of Gilbert,
contending its code violates the U.S. Constitution.
Battle for religious freedom in Calif.
A move is under way in California to protect the free-speech rights of Christians.
According to Pastor Allan Esses of Yes Jesus Christ is Lord Ministries, the amendments will allow Christians (1) to freely share their faith and (2) to publicly take a stand
on issues of the day without fear of retribution from authorities.
"I just pray that God's people would see that
there is a great spiritual battle before us," says the ministry spokesman. "That our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ said we
should gird up our loins and be ready for the soon return of Jesus Christ for his church. And we need to understand the battle
that is before us [and] the attack upon God's Word and Jesus Christ."
Esses says the secretary of state's office
must receive 694,000 signatures by the middle of April in order to get the initiatives on the ballot.
Pledge of Allegiance's God reference now upheld by court
New Extension Likely for Key Patriot Act Provisions
The Senate may vote on a second temporary extension of several controversial counterterrorism authorities as part of the
jobs bill unveiled Thursday.
The draft bill carries language that would extend until Dec. 31 three expiring provisions of the antiterrorism law known
as the Patriot Act.
The three provisions were set to expire at the end of 2009. But neither House nor Senate Democratic leaders evinced
any appetite for tackling a substantive rewrite of the law last year. In December, Congress cleared a short-term reauthorization
until Feb. 28, as part of the fiscal 2010 Defense appropriations bill.
One of the expiring provisions allows the government to seek orders from a special federal court for “any tangible
thing” that it says is related to a terrorism investigation. Another allows the government to seek court orders for
roving wiretaps on terrorism suspects who shift their modes of communication.
The third provision allows the government to apply to the special court for surveillance orders involving suspected “lone
wolf” terrorists who do not necessarily have ties to a larger organization. That authority was first enacted as part
of a 2004 intelligence overhaul law. In September, the Justice Department told lawmakers that the provision had never been
used.
The administration wants lawmakers to pass a long-term reauthorization of all the expiring provisions, with as few changes
as possible. House and Senate Republicans also favor that approach.
What little legislative battling there has been so far has been both a partisan fight and an intramural one among House
and Senate Democrats.
The lack of congressional focus on the issue last year frustrated civil libertarians who wanted lawmakers to undertake
a broader review of counterterrorism laws enacted during George W. Bush ’s presidency.
If lawmakers reauthorize the expiring provisions until Dec. 31, they would avoid having to address the issue until after
the November midterm elections
The government has your baby's DNA
By Elizabeth Cohen, CNN Senior Medical Correspondent
February 4, 2010 -- Updated 1411 GMT (2211 HKT)
Anne Brown worries that someone could gain access to the DNA sample from
her daughter Isabel with Isabel's name attached.
STORY HIGHLIGHTS
Genetic testing for newborns started in the 1960s
Specimens are often given to outside researchers
Scientists have said the collection of DNA samples is a "gold mine" for doing research
(CNN) -- When Annie Brown's daughter, Isabel, was a month old, her pediatrician asked Brown
and her husband to sit down because he had some bad news to tell them: Isabel carried a gene that put her at risk for cystic
fibrosis.
While grateful to have the information -- Isabel received further testing and she doesn't have the
disease -- the Mankato, Minnesota, couple wondered how the doctor knew about Isabel's genes in the first place. After all,
they'd never consented to genetic testing.
It's simple, the pediatrician answered: Newborn babies in the United States are routinely screened
for a panel of genetic diseases. Since the testing is mandated by the government, it's often done without the parents' consent,
according to Brad Therrell, director of the National Newborn Screening & Genetics Resource Center.
In many states, such as Florida, where Isabel was born, babies' DNA is stored indefinitely, according
to the resource center.
Many parents don't realize their baby's DNA is being stored in a government lab, but sometimes when
they find out, as the Browns did, they take action. Parents in Texas, and Minnesota have filed lawsuits, and these parents'
concerns are sparking a new debate about whether it's appropriate for a baby's genetic blueprint to be in the government's
possession.
"We were appalled when we found out," says Brown, who's a registered nurse. "Why do they need to store
my baby's DNA indefinitely? Something on there could affect her ability to get a job later on, or get health insurance."
According to the state of Minnesota's Web site, samples are kept so that tests can be repeated, if
necessary, and in case the DNA is ever need to help parents identify a missing or deceased child. The samples are also used
for medical research.
Video: Government has your baby's DNA
Art Caplan, a bioethicist at the University of Pennsylvania, says he understands why states don't first
ask permission to screen babies for genetic diseases. "It's paternalistic, but the state has an overriding interest in protecting
these babies," he says.
However, he added that storage of DNA for long periods of time is a different matter.
"I don't see any reason to do that kind of storage," Caplan says. "If it's anonymous, then I don't
care. I don't have an issue with that. But if you keep names attached to those samples, that makes me nervous."
DNA given to outside researchers
Genetic testing for newborns started in the 1960s with testing for diseases and conditions that, if
undetected, could kill a child or cause severe problems, such as mental retardation. Since then, the screening has helped
save countless newborns.
Over the years, many other tests were added to the list. Now, states mandate that newborns be tested
for anywhere between 28 and 54 different conditions, and the DNA samples are stored in state labs for anywhere from three
months to indefinitely, depending on the state. (To find out how long your baby's DNA is stored, see this state-by-state list.)
Brad Therrell, who runs the federally funded genetic resource consortium, says parents don't need to
worry about the privacy of their babies' DNA.
"The states have in place very rigid controls on those specimens," Therrell says. "If my children's
DNA were in one of these state labs, I wouldn't be worried a bit."
The specimens don't always stay in the state labs. They're often given to outside researchers -- sometimes
with the baby's name attached.
According to a study done by the state of Minnesota, more than 20 scientific papers have been published
in the United States since 2000 using newborn blood samples.
The researchers do not have to have parental consent to obtain samples as long as the baby's name is
not attached, according to Amy Gaviglio, one of the authors of the Minnesota report. However, she says it's her understanding
that if a researcher wants a sample with a baby's name attached, consent first must be obtained from the parents.
Scientists have heralded this enormous collection of DNA samples as a "gold mine" for doing research,
according to Gaviglio.
"This sample population would be virtually impossible to get otherwise," says Gaviglio, a genetic counselor
for the Minnesota Department of Health. "Researchers go through a very stringent process to obtain the samples. States certainly
don't provide samples to just anyone."
Brown says that even with these assurances, she still worries whether someone could gain access to
her baby's DNA sample with Isabel's name attached.
"I know the government says my baby's data will be kept private, but I'm not so sure. I feel like my
trust has been taken," she says.
Parents don't give consent to screening
Brown says she first lost trust when she learned that Isabel had received genetic testing in the first
place without consent from her or her husband.
"I don't have a problem with the testing, but I wish they'd asked us first," she says.
Since health insurance paid for Isabel's genetic screening, her positive test for a cystic fibrosis
gene is now on the record with her insurance company, and the Browns are concerned this could hurt her in the future.
"It's really a black mark against her, and there's nothing we can do to get it off there," Brown says.
"And let's say in the future they can test for a gene for schizophrenia or manic-depression and your baby tests positive --
that would be on there, too."
Brown says if the hospital had first asked her permission to test Isabel, now 10 months old, she might
have chosen to pay for it out of pocket so the results wouldn't be known to the insurance company.
Caplan says taking DNA samples without asking permission and then storing them "veers from the norm."
"In the military, for instance, they take and store DNA samples, but they tell you they're doing it,
and you can choose not to join if you don't like it," he says.
What can parents do
In some states, including Minnesota and Texas, the states are required to destroy a baby's DNA sample
if a parent requests it. Parents who want their baby's DNA destroyed are asked to fill out this form in Minnesota and this form in Texas.
Parents in other states have less recourse, says Therrell, who runs the genetic testing group. "You'd
probably have to write a letter to the state saying, 'Please destroy my sample,'" he says.
He adds, however, that it's not clear whether a state would necessarily obey your wishes.
"I suspect it would be very difficult to get those states to destroy your baby's sample," he says.
Yesterday,
the Senate voted to confirm Ben Bernanke for a second term as Federal Reserve chairman. Read the article by clicking here. Find out how you senator voted by clicking here.
A new report out that
middle- and lower-class workers have been hit the hardest during the economic downturn shows the Great Depression is here. Read
the article by clicking here.
A team of Christian activists and pastors today filed a civil rights lawsuit against Attorney General Eric Holder over
the "hate crimes" law that President Obama signed into law late last year, alleging it violates their civil rights.
The complaint states Christians now can become the target of federal investigations, grand juries and even charges for
no more than opposing the activism of homosexuals who want not only public endorsement of their life choices, but to halt
any criticism of those decisions.
"On account of … the Hate Crimes Act, plaintiffs are targets for government scrutiny, questioning, investigation, surveillance,
and other adverse law enforcement actions and thus seek judicial reassurance that they can freely participate in their speech
and related religious activities without being investigated or prosecuted by the government or becoming part of official records
because of their Christian beliefs," the lawsuit explains.
It was filed today by the Thomas More Law Center in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan on behalf of Pastors Levon Yuille, Rene Ouellette, James
Combs and Gary Glenn, the president of the American Family Association of Michigan.
The plaintiffs include individuals who already have faced accusations by homosexual advocates that they bear responsibility
for the actions of others for no other reason than their agreement with biblical condemnations of homosexuality.
The lawsuit cited the death of Andrew Anthos, a 72-year-old Detroit man allegedly the victim of a "hate crime" because
of his "sexual orientation." In that case, the executive director of the National Gay and Lesbian Task Force "blamed …
Plaintiff Glenn's 'homophobic rants' for causing his death."
Freemasonry Rising 2012? David Rockefeller reportedly planning to build Third Temple
In a sense, the following story can be summed up thus: the US military wants new, hi-tech equipment.
That’s not exactly breaking news, no, but there’s an Avatar connection, so if the world could stop rotating
on its axis for a moment… It’s called Fine Detail Optical Surveillance, and the military wants Darpa to develop it. Think 3D spy cameras. Attach one to a Predator-type device and the boots on the ground—fresh-faced
kids from the corn fields of Iowa—will be able to see the bad guys long before they know what’s going on. Woo!
Now, that’s what the Pentagon wants. Whether or not Darpa, made famous by Metal Gear Solid, can actually deliver it is another matter entirely.
It sorta sounds like the system that scans ports and other at-risk locations, and churns out “Doom-like graphics.
There’s really not too much more to this. I will say this, though: the next time you see stories
touting Avatar as the highest grossing movie ever, please keep in mind that these stories don’t take inflation
into account. Also, the average ticket price for 3D Avatar is $18, quite a bit more than plain ol’ 2D movies.
Not taking inflation into account is like baking an apple pie, then saying the apple part is optional. It’s like, what?
By James Altucher
In the U.S. there are more than 30 million closed-circuit video cameras. If you live in a city, chances are your image
is being captured, analyzed and stored on more than 400 different occasions throughout a single day. All of your bank and
ATM transactions are analyzed. All of your instant messaging and Web site usage at your job is stored and potentially
analyzed for misuse and then reported to managers. Your home is photographed from the sky every day. If you move suspiciously
in a crowd, big brother will instantly notice.
Roughly $200 billion is spent annually in the U.S. on surveillance and monitoring. Humans can’t do it. A human looking
at a surveillance camera for more than 20 minutes has been shown to miss 95% of the activity that he’s supposed to be
catching. An entire industry has sprung up in the automation of this monitoring. These companies will continue to grow in
a world that seems to be less safe each year.
Here are a few of the public companies that will benefit now and in years to come:
Watching you in crowds and tracking your bank transactions
NICE systems (NICE): Started by seven ex-Israeli army soldiers, NICE has security productions ranging from motion
detection in videos of crowds to detect unusual behavior within second, to monitoring bank transactions in search of automatically
detecting fraud.
Photographing all of your belongings
Analogic (ALOG): When you check a bag at an airport, chances are it’s going to go through a 3D Xray scanner developed
by Analogic. Any suspicious bags will be thoroughly photographed will be tagged for an operator to look at, complete with
every item in the bag photographed with the company’s 3D X-ray technology.
Big Brother is in China China Security & Surveillance (CSR): Think Big Brother. But
in China. This company sells automated surveillance systems all over China to monitor everything from ports to sports stadiums
to government buildings, etc. With over 100% earnings growth this past year and trading at only five times next year’s
expected earnings, this company is dirt cheap.
They analyze all of your ATM transactions
Verisign (VRSN): Most people know VRSN as the monopoly on domain-name registration. But one of their products keep track
of all of your ATM usage and if there’s unusual usage (if someone is holding you at gunpoint and forcing you to withdraw
money, for instance) then it alerts the appropriate authorities.
They log everything you do on the job WebSense (WBSN): Approximately 50% of S&P 500 companies monitor
their employees Internet usage and email usage. WBSN offers products that do everything from web filtering (so you can’t
spend too much time, if any, on shopping, betting, or porn sites for instance) to actual email monitoring (they can track
if you are sending out internal secrets or using email too much for personal use). Over 42 million employees are monitored
by their employers using WBSN software. The company just announced that their billings for this quarter exceeded expectations.
Arcsight (ARST): Arcsight keeps track of every keystroke logged in a corporate enterprise and examines the data for anything
suspicious (such as the same user logging in at the same time from two different places). With everyone worried about the
threat of cyber-terrorism, Arcsight’s profits were up over 300% last year despite the recession and sales were up over
30%. They watch you from the stars
Digital Globe (DGI) – Every piece of the planet is imaged each day by Digital Globe cameras orbiting in satellites.
Think Google Earth. But for the military. The company was formerly called “EarthWatch” but before they went public
they changed their name to “Digital Globe”. Trades for just nine times cash flows. GeoEye (GEOY), trading
for just six times earnings before interest and taxes, is the only other company in the satellite imaging space and is known
for providing at least some of the images used for Google Earth (as does DGI) although 67% of its revenues come from the US
Government. They take naked photos of you at airports
OSI Systems (OSIS) – Nothing is sacred in the new world order of zero privacy. OSI makes the full body scanners that
scan every inch of your body to find concealed explosives in your condom-sewn underwear. After last Christmas, these will
now be in great demand. (Never thought I’d grow up to write the last two sentences side by side). The Netherlands just
announced it is in the market for these scanners.
And everything else…
L-1 Identity Solutions (ID) – It knows your fingerprints, can recognize your face via software, can do background
checks on you, and will be a big beneficiary of additional military spending (30,000 new trips to Afganistan ) and increase
security at airports.
James Altucher, a contributor to Dow Jones Adviser, is a managing partner of Formula Capital, an alternative asset management firm, and an author on investment strategies.
Unlike Dow Jones reporters, he may have positions in the stocks he writes about.
NAFTA has extended from economic integration into a political and regional security pact which has been achieved
through the Security and Prosperity Partnership (SPP) of North America, Plan Mexico, as well as other initiatives. Various
pieces of legislation and reports, along with influential individuals have called for closer trilateral cooperation regarding
common rules for immigration and security enforcement around the perimeter of the continent. A major part of the U.S. security
agenda already includes the defense of North America, but a full blown security zone would bring Canada and Mexico further
under its control. A Fortress North America poses a serious threat to our sovereignty and would mean the loss of more civil
liberties
What many Canadians think of the Security and Prosperity Partnership.
Plans for a North America security perimeter might have seemed like a pipe dream just a short time ago, but
it could become a reality sooner than one thinks. Some believe that a perimeter approach to security would be a more effective
way of providing safety while ensuring the free flow of trade and investment. For those pushing for deep continental integration,
this move is seen as the next logical step. A recent article from the Toronto Star, Canada warms to idea of a tougher ‘perimeter’ suggests that Canadians might now be ready to debate the concept of perimeter security. David Biette who specializes in U.S.-Canada
relations and is a member of the Woodrow Wilson Center stated that a, “Perimeter is no longer a dirty word. It’s
beginning to come up again, at least in academic circles.” He went on to say, “Canada held back when it first
came up and I can certainly understand why. There was still such bad feeling left over on free trade and what that might mean
for Canadian sovereignty that perimeter security was just not palatable to Canadians.” Biette also added, “You
ask yourself, ‘What would a mutually improved relationship look like?’ and really, there is nothing else. Perimeter
is the one big thing - the last truly huge step on the horizon.” A North American security perimeter would be one of
the final steps needed in the creation of a North American Union.
Some of the recommendations from the 2005 report, Building a North American Community co-sponsored by the Council on Foreign Relations, included a unified border, a North American border pass, a single economic
space, as well as a common security perimeter by 2010. Many of the task force recommendations in areas of trade, transportation,
energy, immigration and security became part of the SPP agenda. Despite the demise of the SPP, many of its key objectives
continue to move forward under the North American Leaders Summit, as well as through other initiatives. In February of 2009,
it was reported that former Canadian international trade and foreign affairs minister, David Emerson, “called on the government to aggressively seek stronger Canada-U.S. ties, up to and including a customs union. He
said at minimum, Canada should advocate a North American security perimeter arrangement, a labour mobility agreement that
modernizes NAFTA provisions, and greater integration on regulatory matters.” U.S. officials remain concerned on how
risk assessments of people entering Canada are conducted as well as the differences in its immigration and visa policies.
A common perimeter approach to border management and security would require harmonization of Canadian-U.S. immigration and
customs standards.
It was clear before Obama became president that he wished to relax immigration restrictions with Mexico and
supported some sort of amnesty program. In mid-December of last year, H.R. 4321 the Comprehensive Immigration Reform ASAP Act of 2009 was introduced in the House of Representatives. The Obama administration
has been criticized for its lack of immigration enforcement. Many have warned that the new legislation would not only grant
amnesty to millions of illegal aliens, but also increase legal immigration and create more loopholes in the system. In Sec.
143. Reports on Improving the Exchange of Information on North American Security, there is wording which could further promote
deep continental integration. This includes yearly status reports, “in developing and implementing an immigration security
strategy for North America that works toward the development of a common security perimeter.” Previous failed security
and immigration bills also contained similar language referring to a shared security perimeter around the continent.
The Merida Initiative, also known as Plan Mexico is an extension of NAFTA and has its roots in the SPP. It is
based on America’s failed war on drugs, which has been costly and ineffective. The Merida Initiative relies primarily
on military and law enforcement solutions and is advancing police state measures. In a recent interview, Laura Carlsen director of the Americas Policy Program in Mexico City described how Plan Mexico, “was designed in Washington as a
way to ‘push out the borders’ of the US security perimeter, that is, that Mexico would take on US security priorities
including policing its southern border and allowing US companies and agents into Mexico’s intelligence and security
operations.” She also commented that, “The Obama administration has supported the plan and even requested, and
received from Congress, additional funds beyond what the Bush administration requested.” The Plan Mexico strategy is
working towards the development of a common security perimeter and is further encouraging the militarization of Mexico. Continued
drug violence in the country could be used as a pretext to set up a North American security perimeter
The recent foiled terrorist attack on Christmas day is accelerating the implementation of a high-tech control
grid which could restrict, track and trace our movements. With the war on terrorism back in the forefront, the continued merging
of North America might include Canada and Mexico playing a bigger role in regards to perimeter security. Canadian officials
have announced that within the next several months, body scanners will be installed in 11 airports across the country. Some proponents of a continental security zone believe that it is the
best way to secure North America, but at the same time falsely claim that this could be done with respect to each nation’s
sovereignty. We are well on the way towards a North American security perimeter where trade and investment will be able to
roam freely, while we are all forced to endure new security practices dominated by U.S. interests.
Food For Thought From The Chuckwagon
President Obama Establishes "Council Of Governors"
By Chuck Baldwin January 19, 2010
The White House Office of the Press Secretary released a report on the White House web
site titled "President Obama Signs Executive Order Establishing Council of Governors." According to the press release, "The
President today [January 11, 2009] signed an Executive Order establishing a Council of Governors to strengthen further the
partnership between the Federal Government and State Governments to protect our Nation against all types of hazards. When
appointed, the Council will be reviewing such matters as involving the National Guard of the various States; homeland defense;
civil support; synchronization and integration of State and Federal military activities in the United States; and other matters
of mutual interest pertaining to National Guard, homeland defense, and civil support activities."
According to the report, the Council will be composed of "ten State Governors who will
be selected by the President to serve two year terms . . . Once chosen, the Council will have no more than five members from
the same party and represent the Nation as a whole."
The press release also states that "Federal members of the Council include the Secretary
of Defense, the Secretary of Homeland Security, the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism,
the Assistant to the President for Intergovernmental Affairs and Public Engagement, the Assistant Secretary of Defense for
Homeland Defense and Americas' Security Affairs, the U.S. Northern Command Commander, the Commandant of the Coast Guard, and
the Chief of the National Guard Bureau. The Secretary of Defense will designate an Executive Director for the Council."
As with most Presidential Directives or Executive Orders that have the potential to
swallow our liberties and expand federal--or even international--police powers, the mainstream media conveniently fails to
inform the American people as to what is happening. Such is the case with Obama's EO establishing a Council of Governors (COG).
Therefore, it is left to independent writers to issue the alert. Thank God for the Internet!
As with any expansion of the federal government, this new Council of Governors needs
to be monitored very carefully by freedom lovers. One blog rightly noted that the COG "clearly represents another assault
on Posse Comitatus, the 1878 law that bars the military from exercising domestic police powers, which was temporarily annulled
by the 2006 John Warner National Defense Authorization Act before parts of it were later repealed."
Another blogger wisely stated, "As with most government powers, there is always the
potential for abuse. In this case, there is cause for serious concern because every bit of this entails expanding traditional
Command in Chief powers to the DOD [Department of Defense], spreading troops around the US (potentially not American troops
at that . . .) and deciding who has ultimate tactical command over reserves and Guard in the event of 'emergencies,' terrorist
attacks, or natural disasters."
Actually, this EO is simply the latest in a series of events going back to the Bush
and Clinton years, in which the federal government has taken steps to lay the foundation for extensive military police action
within the United States.
Back in 2008, retired lawman Jim Kouri wrote, "In a political move that received little
if any attention by the American news media, the United States and Canada entered into a military agreement on February 14,
2008, allowing the armed forces from one nation to support the armed forces of the other nation during a domestic civil emergency,
even one that does not involve a cross-border crisis, according to a police commander involved in homeland security planning
and implementation.
"It is an initiative of the Bi-National Planning Group whose final report, issued in
June 2006, called for the creation of a 'Comprehensive Defense and Security Agreement,' or a 'continental approach' to Canada-US
defense and security.
"The law enforcement executive told Newswithviews.com that the agreement--defined as
a Civil Assistance Plan--was not submitted to Congress for debate and approval, nor did Congress pass any law or treaty specifically
authorizing this military agreement to combine the operations of the armed forces of the United States and Canada in the event
of domestic civil disturbances ranging from violent storms, to health epidemics, to civil riots or terrorists attacks.
"'This is a military plan that's designed to bypass the Posse Comitatus Act that traditionally
prohibited the US military from operating within the borders of the United States. Not only will American soldiers be deployed
at the discretion of whomever is sitting in the Oval Office, but foreign soldiers will also be deployed in American cities,'
warns Lt. Steven Rodgers, commander of the Nutley, NJ Police Department's detective bureau."
Of course, the groundwork for this US-Canadian agreement occurred in 2002 when President
G.W. Bush created USNORTHCOM. For the first time in US history, an entire Army division has been tasked with "homeland defense
efforts and to coordinate defense support of civil authorities." (Source: USNORTHCOM official web site) Plus, The National
Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2008, which passed with almost unanimous bipartisan support, and was signed into
law in January 2008 by then-President Bush, required the implementation of the COG.
Then, in June of 2009, USNORTHCOM sent a legislative proposal to Congress requesting
"amending Title 10 of USC, expanding the Secretary of Defense's powers to mobilization of the Army Reserve, Air Force Reserve,
Navy Reserve, and Marine Corps Reserve to assist civil authorities in disasters and emergencies . . . 'thus enabling a truly
Total Force approach to disaster response.'"
Matthew Rothschild at The Progressive penned, "The Pentagon has approached Congress
to grant the Secretary of Defense the authority to post almost 400,000 military personnel throughout the United States in
times of emergency or a major disaster."
Concerning this, David Mundy at the Texas National Press commented, "If granted, the
move would further erode the authority of the states and would minimize the role played by the states' militia . . . in handling
domestic issues.
"More ominously, nothing in the Pentagon's request specifies that the troops to be posted
in U.S. cities would necessarily be Americans."
The report notes that in September of 2009, USNORTHCOM released its 32-page initial
framework for the "Tri Command," referring to NORAD, NORTHCOM, and Canada COM. It is noted that while NORTHCOM and Canada
COM are national organizations, NORAD is set up as a binational force.
It is largely understood, therefore, that the Council of Governors has been established
for the purpose of getting the governors' blessing on this newly accumulated power. In other words, the COG is Assistant Secretary
of Defense Paul Stockton's effort to establish a liaison between the governors, DHS, DOD, and the National Guard.
Of course, as the report suggests, what is not being disclosed is what powers will be
conferred upon the 10 gubernatorial council members and what authorities they will be required to cede to the federal government.
Anyone who is not concerned about the ever-increasing encroachment of federal power
upon the states and citizenry at large is either not paying attention, or is already a slave at heart. Instead of worrying
about whether a gubernatorial or State legislative candidate is a conservative or liberal, Republican or Democrat, we need
to be focusing on whether or not our State governors and legislators have the historical and constitutional acumen and resolve
to resist the current dismantling of State sovereignty and personal liberty being orchestrated by this federal leviathan that
is known as Washington, D.C.
We can survive hurricanes, earthquakes, floods, looters and thugs, blackouts, and even
Muslim terrorists. What we cannot survive--at least not without great cost and effort--is tyranny at the hands of our own
government. In this regard, our greatest threat is not foreign terrorists or natural disasters; our greatest threat is Washington,
D.C.
So, while DC has an eye on this new Council of Governors, you'd better keep an eye on
your governor as well; and keep the other eye on what's left of your liberties, because if those federal foxes come in the
middle of the night and run off with them, it will be your governor that opened the door.
Dec. 1, 2009, was a historic day in Germany in more ways than one.
The same day the Lisbon
Treaty went into effect, December 1, Germany’s Constitutional Court ruled that the nation’s capital must, like
the rest of the country, abide by the law instituting Sunday as a day “of rest from work and of spiritual improvement.”
Soon after World War II, Berlin had enacted its own legislation
allowing 10 shopping Sundays per year. That local ruling is now quashed. Effective from Jan. 1, 2010, Berlin must fall in
line with the law institutionalizing Sunday as a day of rest and religious contemplation as contained in Germany’s Basic
Law.
The actual law establishing Sunday as Germany’s weekly day
of worship is enshrined in an appendix to the Basic Law under the heading, “Extracts From the German Constitution of
Aug. 11, 1919″—that is, the Weimar Constitution. There we find, under the subhead “Religion and Religious
Societies,” Article 139, which reads: “Sunday and holidays recognized by the state shall remain protected by law
as days of rest from work and of spiritual improvement.”
Under that same section, Article 137 (1) states, “There shall
be no state church.” But in reality, the effect of the Sunday law is to institutionalize Roman Catholicism and its daughter
churches as Germany’s state religion.
Those aware of the history of the Holy Roman Empire of the German
Nation will see this move by Germany’s highest court as one step toward enforcing Rome’s religion as the state
religion, not only on Germany, but also on the whole European empire.
With this ruling of Germany’s Constitutional Court, the prophecies
of Revelation 13 leap into current-day perspective. The entrenchment of Roman Catholicism in European politics, and particularly
the enforcement of Sunday worship, are forecast there; students of prophecy have been anticipating this development for decades.
As of Dec. 1, 2009, it is upon us.
Cook Island Christians pray for Sunday flights reprieve
About 1,300 people have petitioned against flights on Sundays in Aitutaki
After the introduction of flights on Sundays to the Cook island of Aitutaki, John Pickford examines how the predominantly
Christian island is reacting to its Sabbath being disrupted.
"The sanctity of the Sabbath is of a higher value than the dollar," declared the protesters' banner.
It was a wet Sunday in Aitutaki and I was looking at a bedraggled band of demonstrators outside the tiny airport.
When the local airline decided to add a Sunday service to its normal schedule it may have anticipated some hostility.
Most Polynesians have been devout Christians since the arrival of missionaries in the early 19th Century and on many islands
Sunday is a special day.
Church should be the only place people go on a Sunday, says Tunui Mati
But on Aitutaki, as well as the airport protests, 1,300 people signed a petition against the flight.
"That's most of the adult population," declared one campaigner jubilantly.
Elections will be held next year and the protest continues.
I had been in the Pacific two months and was about to experience my ninth Polynesian Sunday. I was unsure about the ethics
of riding a hired bicycle on the Sabbath but I thought I would risk it.
There is no better way to explore a 21st-Century Polynesian island than to "get on your bike" and cycle round it.
'Sunday best'
First stop was the Cook Islands Christian Church and, as I swished through the rain, I knew I was on safe ground here.
Aitutaki's famously beautiful lagoon had a mournful look but you cannot fail to be elated on a Sunday morning by the sight
of a Polynesian congregation in its "Sunday best".
Before the missionaries we were always fighting each other. After they came there was no more trouble
Tunui Mati
Matriarchs are in hats, girls in starched white frocks, the men mostly in black, the church packed as usual and I sit in
the wrong place - again - but nobody seems to mind.
There is deep, soulful singing, a woman feeding her baby and a sermon to hell's mouth and back - if you are lucky.
The Sun is climbing, I am on my bike again and it is getting hot.
Tempted by coconuts stacked outside a little grocery store, I find I'm in the headquarters of the Stop Sunday Flights campaign.
Deserted streets
Tunui Mati, a silver-haired man in late middle-age, says his leadership of the protests cost him his job at the airport.
So what should an Aitutaki Sunday be like?
"Church in the morning, then we just eat and rest," he says. "No games, all TVs turned off and we don't go out on the lagoon."
I recall another Sunday in Tonga's capital, Nuku'alofa, walking back from church through deserted streets.
Polynesians in white frocks heading to Church are an arresting sight
Every shop and cafe was closed and there was a wilting, enveloping stillness in the heat of noon, as if even the pigs had
retired in respect for the day.
Yes, Tunui's ideal Sunday was a place I recognised.
A lady joins us and is introduced as the great, great, great, great grand-daughter of John Williams of the London Missionary
Society.
The most successful missionary of his time, he brought Christianity to Aitutaki on 26 October 1821, then to the rest of
the Cook Islands and Samoa, before meeting his nemesis in 1839 in a cooking pot on Vanuatu.
At campaign headquarters there is no doubt of Christianity's single biggest gift to the islands, apart from the gospels.
"Before the missionaries we were always fighting each other. After they came there was no more trouble," says Tunui.
But Treasure Island author Robert Louis Stevenson, who lived - and died - in Samoa in the 1890s, saw the missionaries as
mainly interested in clothes and money.
COOK ISLAND FACTS
The islands are spread across around 2m sq km of sea
According to the most recent census, just under 20,000 people live on the Cook Islands
There is only one secondary school on Aitutaki. It educates around 200 pupils
They wanted the Polynesians to wear more and they wanted their churches well endowed. On both accounts they have succeeded.
A senior magistrate in Tonga told me that the poorer people on his island can end up giving half their income to their
Church.
This happens because some churches - and there is an astonishing array of rival denominations across the Pacific from Mormons
and Methodists to Catholics and Seventh Day Adventists - insist that gifts be declared in public.
And the poor cannot afford to lose face.
Exuberant dancing
One question which is beginning to be asked is how deep did Christianity go?
In Samoa the missionaries tried and failed to expunge tattooing.
In the Cook Islands, despite a 1900 GMT curfew for under-18s that lingered until the 1950s, they never stopped the exuberant
dancing and drumming that the islands are still renowned for.
Many children have names straight out of the Bible
There is little evidence that Polynesians are uncomfortable with their new(ish) religion.
On the contrary, Church and family are at the heart of most people's lives.
Back on my bike in Aitutaki I stop under the soothing shade of a big tree to consult the map.
"Hello!" A boy high in the branches is looking down at me.
Another "hello" and then his sister appears from nowhere.
"Would you like a mango?"
"Yes", I say to the tree climber, "but don't fall."
"He won't fall because he's a monkey," his sister says.
The boy throws down a mango and his little sister gives it to me in cupped hands.
What are your names?
"Caleb and Mary" they say. "And yours?"
"John," I reply.
"Ah, John the Baptist!" calls a voice from the tree top.
This is Aitutaki, in 2009, where boys still know their scripture and climb trees.
VeriChip’s Merger With Credit Monitoring Firm Worries Privacy Activists
Remember VeriChip, the Florida company that once dreamed of injecting its human-implantable RFID microchips in everyone
from immigrant guest workers to prison inmates?
We haven’t heard much from the company since a dipping stock price nearly got it delisted from the NASDAQ in March.
But it’s still alive, and in November it pulled off a seemingly incongruous acquisition. Now called PositiveID, the new company is a merger between VeriChip and Steel Vault, the people behind NationalCreditReport.com.
With a human-implantable microchip maker now running a credit-scoring and identity-theft-protection website, privacy activists
are worried again. “The attraction to investors is the potential for synergies,” says Mark Rotenberg, executive
director of the Electronic Privacy Information Center in Washington. “You have to anticipate over time there will be
an attempt to integrate the services.”
“Sci-fi wise, you could have a chip read by a scanner that determines your credit-worthiness,” says Evan Hendricks,
editor of Privacy Times. “Or you could have a credit card implant.”
VeriChip and its former owner Applied Digital have been drawing fire since 2004, when the FDA approved the rice-sized injectable
RFID for human use. While the company primarily pushed the chip as part of a system to index medical records — a kind
of subcutaneous MedAlert bracelet — Richard Sullivan, then-CEO of Applied Digital, had a penchant for wantonly confirming
every nightmare of cybernetic social control.
After 9/11, it was Sullivan who announced the VeriChip would be perfect as a universal ID to distinguish safe people from
the dangerous ones. He dreamed of GPS-equipped chips being injected into foreigners entering the United States, prisoners,
children, the elderly. He thought the VeriChip would be used as a built-in credit or ATM card.
Indeed, in 2004, one of VeriChip’s earliest deployments was at a Barcelona nightclub, where VIP patrons could pay
125 euro to get the chip installed in their arms as a debit card for drinks.
But today, Sullivan’s replacement says the company has no plans to market the VeriChip as a path to instant credit,
despite the recent acquisition.
With his white-buttondown shirt open at the chest, PositiveID CEO Scott Silverman spoke about the merger in an interview
at the company’s office suite in Delray Beach, Florida. “Using the chip to relate to the credit-reporting services
of NationalCreditReport.com, or even using it for financial transactions … has not been a part of our business model
for five years or more, since Sullivan’s been gone, and is not part of our business model moving forward,” he
says.
Silverman also backed away from some of the Orwellian ideas floated by his cyberpunk predecessor.
“I can tell you that … putting [the chips] into children and immigrants for identification purposes, or putting
them into people, especially unwillingly, for financial transactions, has [not] been and never will be the intent of this
company as long I’m the chairman and CEO,” he says.
Yet in 2004, Silverman told the Broward-Palm Beach New Times that the VeriChip could be used as a credit card in coming years. And in 2006, he went on Fox & Friends to promote the chipping of immigrant guest workers to track them and monitor their tax records.
And ahead of the recent merger, VeriChip gave a presentation to investors hinting there would be some cross-pollination
between the two sides of the business. It plans to “cross-sell its NationalCreditReport.com customer base” (.pdf) the Health Link service and vice-versa. So, Americans with implanted VeriChips will be encouraged to divulge
their finances to PositiveID, while credit-monitoring customers will be marketed the health-record microchip.
Critics of chipping are moved by a variety of concerns, ranging from the pragmatic to the religious — anti-RFID crusader
Katherine Albrecht believes the technology is the Mark of the Beast predicted in the Book of Revelation, but also doubts its
efficacy as a medical tag: VeriChip’s instruction manual warns that the chip may not function in ambulances and areas
where there are MRI and X-ray scanners.
Security is another issue. RFIDs can generally be scanned from distances much greater than the official specs suggest.
Nicole Ozer at the ACLU of Northern California notes that after Wired magazine writer Annalee Newitz experimentally cloned her VeriChip in 2006, the company continued calling it secure.
But human chipping has high-profile fans as well, including former Secretary of Health and Human Services Tommy Thompson,
who left his job as overseer of the FDA in 2005 — a year after VeriChip’s approval — to join the company’s
board of directors. Thompson announced he would personally join the 700 to 900 Americans who have the chip installed in their
bodies. (He later reportedly reneged.)
Whatever its plans for the future, PositiveID is focused on its original mission for now: implants tied to medical records.
On December 1, the new company announced it’s collaborating with Avocare, a Florida health care business, in the hopes
of bringing its “health care identification products” to 1 million patients.
AP Photo/Steve Mitchell
How Factory Farms Are Pumping Americans Full of Deadly Bacteria and Pathogens
After reading www.BirdFluBook.org, by Dr. Michael Greger, I was stunned to realize the extent to which we have endangered our health by
allowing factory farms to flourish and produce 99 percent of the meat, dairy and eggs we eat. Not only are dangerous flu viruses
mutating because of these concentrated animal feeding operations (CAFOs), but we are also being exposed to some other very
serious bacteria and pathogens. Things have gotten out of hand in our food production, especially in the livestock sector.
In Part I of my interview with Dr. Greger, he explained the growing potential of deadly flu viruses. In Part 2 of the interview,
we discuss E. coli, salmonella and other worrisome pathogens.
Kathy Freston:Where does E. coli come from and how does it get into food?
Why is it often found on vegetables?
Michael Greger: E. coli is an intestinal pathogen. It only gets in the food if fecal matter gets in
the food. Since plants don’t have intestines, all E. coli infections—in fact all food poisoning—comes from
animals. When’s the last time you heard of a person getting Dutch elm disease or a really bad case of aphids? People
don’t get plant diseases; they get animal diseases. The problem is that because of the number of animals raised today,
a billion tons of manure are produced every year in the United States—the weight of 10,000 Nimitz-class aircraft carriers.
Dairy cow and pig factories often dump millions of gallons of putrefying waste into massive open-air cesspits, which can leak
and contaminate water used to irrigate our crops. That’s how a deadly fecal pathogen like E. coli O157:H7 can end up contaminating our spinach. So regardless of what we eat, we all need to fight against the
expansion of factory farming in our communities, our nation and around the world.
KF: What percentage of the population gets hit by the bacteria? How many of them die? Could
that number increase?
MG: While E. coli O157:H7 remains the leading cause of acute kidney failure in U.S. children, fewer
than 100,000 Americans get infected every year, and fewer than 100 die. But millions get infected with other types of E. coli
that can cause urinary tract infections (UTIs) that can invade the bloodstream and cause an estimated 36,000 deaths annually
in the United States.
KF: We only occasionally hear of the very few fatal E. coli cases; is it really a widespread
problem?
MG: When medical researchers at the University of Minnesota took more than 1,000 food samples from
multiple retail markets, they found evidence of fecal contamination in 69 percent of the pork and beef and 92 percent of the poultry samples. Nine
out of 10 chicken carcasses in the store may be contaminated with fecal matter. And half of the poultry samples were contaminated
with the UTI-causing E. coli bacteria.
Scientists now suspect that by eating chicken, women infect their lower intestinal tract with these
meat-borne bacteria, which can then creep up into their bladders. Hygiene measures to prevent UTIs have traditionally included
wiping from front to back after bowel movements and urinating after intercourse to flush out any invaders, but now women can
add poultry avoidance as a way to help prevent urinary tract infections.
KF: Are there any long-term problems for people who ingest E. coli and have a bad day or two
with diarrhea, or is the problem over once out of the system?
MG: Last month the Center for Foodborne Illness Research & Prevention released a report on the long-term consequences of common causes of food poisoning. Life-long complications of E. coli
O157:H7 infection include end-stage kidney disease, permanent brain damage and insulin-dependent diabetes.
KF: Is E. coli a problem if the meat is cooked?
MG: With the exception of prions, the infectious agents responsible for mad cow disease and the human
equivalent—which can survive even incineration at temperatures hot enough to melt lead—all viral, fungal and bacterial
pathogens in our food supply can be killed by proper cooking. Why then do tens of millions of Americans come down with food
poisoning every year? Cross-contamination is thought to account for the bulk of infections. For example, chicken carcasses
are so covered in bacteria that researchers at the University of Arizona found more fecal bacteria in the kitchen—on sponges and dish towels, and in the sink drain—than
they found swabbing the toilet. In a meat-eater’s house it may be safer to lick the rim of the toilet seat than the
kitchen countertop, because people aren’t preparing chickens in their toilets. Chicken "juice" is essentially raw fecal
soup.
KF: What goes on inside the body when a human ingests E. coli?
MG: Depending on the strain, the number of bacteria ingested, and the immune status of the victim it
can fail to cause any disease at all, or in the worst cases, cause multi-system organ failure. Here’s how one mother
described what E. coli O157:H7 did to her 3-year-old daughter Brianna:
The pain during the first 80 hours was horrific, with intense abdominal cramping every 10 to 12 minutes.
Her intestines swelled to three times their normal size and she was placed on a ventilator. Emergency surgery became essential
and her colon was removed. After further surgery, doctors decided to leave the incision open, from sternum to pubis, to allow
Brianna’s swollen organs room to expand and prevent them from ripping her skin. Her heart was so swollen it was like
a sponge and bled from every pore. Her liver and pancreas shut down and she was gripped by thousands of convulsions, which
caused blood clots in her eyes. We were told she was brain-dead.
KF: What a horror. Why is it deadly for some and not others?
MG: We think it has to do with the virulence of the bacteria—some strains are deadlier than others—and
the vulnerability of the host. We’re not sure why children under 5 years of age are at the highest risk for dangerous
complications, but that is certainly a finding that has been consistent.
KF: Is factory-farmed meat more likely to get E. coli out into the market, or is all meat (even
free range) carrying that potential?
MG: In chickens, these bacteria cause a disease called colibacillosis, now one of the most significant
and widespread infectious diseases in the poultry industry due to the way we now raise these animals. Studies have shown infection
risk to be directly linked to overcrowding on factory chicken farms. In caged egg-laying hens, the most significant risk factor
for flock infection is hen density per cage. Researchers have calculated that affording just a single quart of additional
living space to each hen would be associated with a corresponding 33 percent drop in the risk of colibacillosis outbreak.
This is one of the reasons many efforts to improve the lives of farmed animals is critical not only for animal welfare, but
for the health of humans and animals alike.
In terms of other infections like Campylobacter, the most common cause of bacterial food poisoning
in the United States, Consumer Reports published an analysis of retail chicken in its January 2010 issue. The majority of store-bought chickens were contaminated
with Campylobacter, which can trigger arthritis, heart and blood infections, and a condition called Guillain-Barré syndrome
that can leave people permanently disabled and paralyzed. Comparing store brands, 59 percent of the conventional factory-farmed
chickens were contaminated, compared to 57 percent of chickens raised organically. So there might be a marginal difference,
but the best strategy may be to avoid meat completely. With the virtual elimination of polio, the most common cause of neuromuscular
paralysis in the United States now comes from eating chicken.
KF: What about salmonella? Is it really a big deal, or is it just a matter of an upset stomach?
MG: Salmonella kills more Americans than any other food-borne illness. There is an epidemic of egg-borne
food poisoning every year in the United States. To this day, more than 100,000 Americans are sickened annually by salmonella-infected
eggs.
KF: Do we have more salmonella now than we did 25 or 50 years ago? If so, why?
MG: There was a time when our grandparents could drink eggnog and children could eat raw cookie dough
without fear of joining the thousands of Americans hospitalized with salmonella infections every year. Before the industrialization
of egg production, salmonella only sickened a few hundred Americans every year and Salmonella enteritidis was not found in
eggs at all. By the beginning of the 21st century, however, Salmonella enteritidis-contaminated eggs were sickening an estimated
182,000 Americans annually.
There are many industrial practices that contribute to the alarming rates of this disease. Most eggs
come from hens confined in battery cages, small barren wire enclosures affording these animals less living space than a single
sheet of letter-sized paper for virtually their entire one- to two-year lifespan. Salmonella-contaminated battery cage operations
in the United States confine an average of more than 100,000 hens in a single shed. The massive volume of contaminated airborne
fecal dust in such a facility rapidly accelerates the spread of infection.
Factory farming practices also led to the spread of salmonella around the world. Just as the feeding
of dead animals to live ones triggered the mad cow crisis, this same practice has also been implicated in the global spread
of salmonella. Once egg production wanes, hens may be ground up and rendered into what is called “spent hen meal,”
and then fed to other hens. More than half of the feed samples for farmed birds containing slaughter-plant waste tested by
the FDA were found contaminated with salmonella. CDC researchers have estimated that more than a million cases of salmonella poisoning in Americans can be directly tied to feed containing
animal byproducts.
KF: What happens to the body when salmonella gets into the system?
MG: Within 12 to 72 hours of infection the fever, diarrhea and abdominal cramps start. If the victim
is lucky it’s over within a week. If not, the bacteria can burrow through the intestinal wall and infect the bloodstream,
seeding its way to other organs, including the heart, bones and brain.
KF: Are there any long-term consequences from exposure?
MG: Thanks to salmonella infection one breakfast omelet can now trigger persistent irritable bowel
syndrome and what’s called reactive arthritis, which can become a debilitating lifelong condition of swollen painful
joints. Because salmonella can infect the ovaries of hens, eggs from infected birds can be laid prepackaged with the bacteria
inside. According to research funded by the American Egg Board, salmonella can survive sunny-side-up, over-easy and scrambled egg cooking
methods.
KF: Would free-range meat or eggs make a difference in preventing it?
MG: There is evidence that eggs from cage-free hens pose less of a threat. In the largest study of its kind (analyzing more than 30,000 samples taken from more than 5,000 operations across two dozen
countries in Europe) cage-free barns had about 40 percent lower odds of harboring the egg-related strain of salmonella.
KF: Can we get salmonella just from touching something tainted?
MG: Absolutely. In fact the infective dose for salmonella is as few 15-20 bacteria, and a single egg
can be infected with hundreds. It’s important to understand where the egg comes out. Eggs emerge from the hen’s
vent, which is kind of a joint opening for both her vagina and anus, which explains the level of fecal contamination one can
find on eggs.
KF: Is it contagious?
MG: Person-to-person transmission of salmonella can occur when an infected person's feces, unwashed
from his or her hands, contaminates food during preparation or comes into direct contact with another person.
KF: Who is most at risk for serious illness or even death?
MG: More than half of all reported salmonella infections occur in children, who are especially susceptible
to serious complications. Elderly and immunocompromised adults are also particularly vulnerable. In the United States, though,
some strains of salmonella are growing dangerously resistant to up to six major classes of antibiotics, due in large part
to the irresponsible factory farming practice of feeding millions of pounds of antibiotics to animals every year as a crutch
to combat the stressful and overcrowded conditions of intensive animal agriculture systems. This puts everyone at risk.
KF: What is the overall solution to prevent these dangerous pathogens and bacteria?
MG: Over the last few decades new animal-to-human infectious diseases have emerged at an unprecedented
rate. According to the World Health Organization, the increasing global demand for animal protein is a key underlying factor.
Swine flu is not the only deadly human disease traced to factory farming practices. The meat industry
took natural herbivores like cows and sheep, and turned them into carnivores and cannibals by feeding them slaughterhouse
waste, blood and manure. Then they fed people “downer” animals—those too sick to even walk. Now the world
has mad cow disease.
In 2005 the world’s largest and deadliest outbreak of a pathogen called Strep. suis emerged,
causing meningitis and deafness in people handling infected pork products. Experts blamed the emergence on factory farming
practices. Pig factories in Malaysia birthed the Nipah virus, one of the deadliest of human pathogens, a contagious respiratory
disease causing relapsing brain infections and killing 40 percent of people infected. Its emergence was likewise blamed squarely
on factory farming.
The pork industry in the U.S. feeds pigs millions of pounds of human antibiotics every year just to
promote growth in such a stressful, unhygienic environment, and now there are these multi-drug-resistant bacteria and we as
physicians are running out of good antibiotic options. As the UK’s chief medical officer put it in his 2009 annual report,
"Every inappropriate use of antibiotics in agriculture is a potential death warrant for a future patient."
In the short term we need to put an end to the riskiest practices, such as extreme confinement—gestation
crates and battery cages—and the non-therapeutic feeding of antibiotics. We have to follow the advice of the American
Public Health Association to declare a moratorium on factory farms and eventually phase them out completely. How we treat
animals can have global public health implications.
KF: Sounds like part of the solution is to gravitate toward a vegetarian diet. Check out One Bite At a Time for information on how to do it.
Equality Bill ‘dangerously’ trying to force religious belief behind closed doors, bishops
warn
The Texas Board of Education is holding public hearings and will vote this
week on the content of textbooks, which will impact many other states that follow Texas' lead.
One of the major problems is a push by a small group that wants to censor religious information
regarding historical figures from textbooks. Jonathan Saenz, director of legislative affairs at Free Market Foundation, tells OneNewsNow the group has been very aggressive.
"We
just think it's ridiculous," he says. "If you're going to talk about history and social studies, we should be doing it accurately;
we should do it in a factual way," Saenz contends. "If some of our historical events and figures, [and] part of their history
and significance has to do with their religious beliefs, then students should not be banned from being taught about that."
Saenz
cites an example of Martin Luther King, Jr., and suggests that if teachers acknowledge him, they should also be able to say
he was a Christian and how that influenced his role in the civil rights movement. The legislative affairs director says opponents
are bringing up the tired and false argument of separation of church and state.
"The reality is it's undeniable
that our country has a rich religious heritage [and] that the faith of our founding fathers had a tremendous impact on our
government and law," he notes. "And so to teach students...otherwise, it's just wrong and it's something that we hope the
State Board of Education won't tolerate."
Initial votes will be conducted this week, and a final vote will be
tallied in two months. Those decisions will establish textbook content for the state for the next ten years as other states
will purchase and use those same textbooks.
PositiveID (PSID) is to begin a study of its Health Link implantable
microchip in diabetic, hypertensive and obese patients.
The study –like everything else associated with the company formerly known as VeriChip — is bound
to be controversial. The Health Link chip is implanted under a patient’s skin. It can be scanned to access the patient’s
online medical records. The company’s critics fear the chip will one day become mandatory, leading to a complete loss of medical privacy, or that Americans will be unable to receive healthcare
unless they get chipped.
While PositiveID’s press release gives few specifics, it indicates that the study will have something to do with the Health Link
chip and customers of HealthScreenDirect, a company that offers screening for diabetes and high cholesterol. Its says the study will be:
… a prospective, randomized, comparative clinical study that will seek to address improving
disease management through the use of appropriate, concise, and up-to-date patient health information available to both practitioners
caring for diabetic, hypertensive and obese patients and the patients themselves through the utilization of PositiveID’s
personal health record (Health Link) and an electronic medical records system.
PositiveID CEO Scott R. Silverman said in the statement that the study will
also advance the company’s in-development glucose-sensing chip. Silverman is doubtless hoping that patients with the
chip — and with their health records online — will have better outcomes in terms of managing their diabetes than
those doing it the old-fashioned way.
The unanswered question is why health record access — or even a microchip —
might improve outcomes for diabetics. Generally, diabetics regularly monitor their own blood glucose and take insulin or other
drugs as required. How PositiveID envisions online electronic medical records fitting into the equation is unclear.
McAleer, a veteran journalist and film maker, has recently made a documentary “Not Evil Just
Wrong’ which takes a sceptical look at the science and politics behind Global Warming concerns.
He asked Professor Schneider about his opinions on Climategate – where leaked emails have revealed
that a senior British professor deleted data and encouraged colleagues to do likewise if it contradicted their belief in Global
Warming.
Professor Phil Jones, the head of Britain’s Climate Research Unit, has temporarily stood down
pending an investigation into the scandal.
Professor Schneider, who is a senior member of the UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
(IPCC), said he would not comment on emails that may have been incomplete or edited.
During some testy exchanges with McAleer, UN officials and Professor Schneider’s assistants twice
tried to cut short McAleer’s question.
However as the press conference drew to a close Professor Schneider’s assistant called armed
UN security guards to the room. They held McAleer and aggressively ordered cameraman Ian Foster to stop filming. The guard
threatened to take away the camera and expel the film crew from the conference if they did not obey his instructions to stop
filming Professor Schneider.
The guard demanded to look at the film crews press credentials and refused to allow them to film until
Professor Schneider left the room. McAleer said he was disappointed by Professor Schneider’s behaviour.
The SPFOR (to use the inevitable acronym) would be a “hybrid” military/law enforcement
unit created within the U.S. Marshals Service (USMS) for use “in a range of tasks such as crowd and riot control, special
weapons and tactics (SWAT), and investigations of organized criminal groups” — both abroad, in UN-directed multilateral
military operations, and at home, as dictated by the needs of the Regime.
Initially as small as 2–6,000 personnel, the SPFOR’s size “could be increased by
augmenting it with additional federal, state, or local police from the United States” as necessary.
The RAND study, which was conducted for the U.S. Army’s Peacekeeping and Stability Operations
Institute, recommended using the Marshals Service rather than the US Army’s Military Police as host for the SPFOR
in order to avoid conflicts with the Posse Comitatus Act, which forbids (albeit in principle more than in practice) the domestic use of the military as a law enforcement body.
“The USMS hybrid option … provides an important nondeployed mission for the force: augmenting
state and local agencies, many of which currently suffer from severe personnel shortages,” states the report without
explaining how the SPFOR could at once “augment” those under-manned agencies while at the same time being
“augmented” by them if necessary.
As the 20th-century idols of atheism, humanism and communism are falling worldwide a spiritual vacuum is left that must be filled. In the resulting contest for the
souls and minds of Americans in this new world order, the Church faces formidable opponents in godless liberal collectivists,
neo-conservative fascists, globalists, New Age religion, Islam and Satanism.
No longer are we only
threatened from without by a group of balding hard-line Communists - we are now threatened from within - by a group of intelligent,
well-dressed globalists who are convincing America and the nations of the world that the only way to lasting world peace is
the establishment of a ... "New World Order."
New World Order is a term used to describe
the uniting of the world's superpowers to secure and maintain global peace, safety, and security. Synonymous with the term
New World Order are the terms one world government, global governance, and globalization. All these terms are used interchangeably
and at different times to communicate to different audiences. Make no mistake - they all basically mean the same thing.
"A nation can survive its fools, and even the ambitious. But it cannot survive treason from within.
An enemy at the gates is less formidable, for he is known and he carries his banners openly. But the traitor moves among those
within the gate freely, his sly whispers rustling through all the alleys, heard in the very halls of government itself. For
the traitor appears not traitor, he speaks in the accents familiar to his victims, and he wears their face and their garments,
and he appeals to the baseness that lies deep in the hearts of all men. He rots the soul of a nation, he works secretly and
unknown in the night to undermine the pillars of a city, he infects the body politic so that it can no longer resist. A murderer
is less to be feared." - Cicero, 42 B.C.
Conspiracy Theory or Fact?
While many people dismiss the New World Order as a conspiracy theory, it is neither a conspiracy nor
a theory. It may be true there are many conspirators working within the New World Order, in it's broader application, the
New World Order is really more of an agenda by a group of international elites that control and manipulate governments,
industry and media organizations worldwide. Any intelligent person examining history and events occurring today cannot describe
it as a theory either, rather the New World Order is clearly documented in historical documents in both the words and actions
of world leaders.
World leaders are excited at the prospects for peace and there has been much talk about entering
a "new era" and about the establishment of a "New World
Order."
Mikhail Gorbachev was the first world leader to come out publicly with talk of a "new world order,"
and he did so nearly two years before George Bush caught the vision. In his historic address to the United Nations on December
7, 1988, the Soviet Prime Minister made this dogmatic and even prophetic statement: "Further global progress is now possible only through a quest for universal consensus
in the movement towards a new world order."
George Bush proved to be a good and faithful servant of the "brotherhood" in making the "New World
Order" agenda a priority focus of his administration. Just before leaving for Helsinki, Finland, early in September 1990 to
discuss the Persian Gulf crisis at his summit meeting with Soviet President Gorbachev, President George Bush expressed the
hope that "the foundation for the new world order would be laid in Helsinki" and that it would be established
under the United Nations.
At the news conference with Gorbachev following their historic meeting, President
Bush declared optimistically: "If the
nations of the world, acting together, continue as they have been we will set in place the cornerstone of an international
order more peaceful than any that we have known."
Then in 1993, the New World Order was established
as a legitimate national agenda - by a socialist Democrat, Bill Clinton. Both George Bush and Bill Clinton were beholding
to the same secret orders, codes and financiers, and as a result, probably engineered the change of Presidents by manipulating
the American people to pull the plug on Bush. George Bush may have actually been running a campaign to LOSE the presidency.
Globalists
welcomed this as democracy's finest hour - through manipulation, the democratic system installed a socialist, new age, one-world
leader with the charismatic appeal of John F. Kennedy to do their bidding!
During Clinton's reign, New World Order Socialists publicly came out of the closet in the U.S. House
of Representatives. The powerful and popular lobby called the Progressive Caucus now began openly espousing the principles of socialism and publicly signed onto the agenda of the Democratic Socialists of America.
Masterfully using the Hegelian Dialectic, Bill Clinton's favorite answer to all questions was government. Got a problem? Bill Clinton's new government program
can fix it. Lost your job? Sign up for an employee retraining program. Feeling a little under the weather? A visit to your regional health alliance
will shape you up. Having difficulty raising your children? Join our village because "It
takes more than a family to raise children."
Bill and Hillary were introducing Americans to the 21st Century "Brave New World" described by Aldous
Huxley in 1932 where humanity lives in a carefree, healthy, and technologically advanced society.
Warfare and poverty are to be eliminated in their "village" and everyone is permanently happy due to
government-provided conditioning and drugs. Clinton also advanced the more hedonistic society, deriving pleasure from promiscuous
sex and drug use, what Huxley called soma - a powerful psychotropic rationed by the government that is taken to escape pain
and bad memories through hallucinatory fantasies, referred to as "Holidays". Of course, these things are achieved by eliminating
many things that we consider to be central to our identity - family, culture, art, literature, science, religion, and philosophy.
"We
are redefining in practical terms the immutable ideals that have guided us from the beginning." - President Bill Clinton
Peace, Safety, and Security
The pacified population accepts it readily enough believing that a world government establishing world peace and preventing a nuclear holocaust could not be considered evil.
While people are saying, “Peace and safety,” destruction will come on them
suddenly, as labor pains on a pregnant woman, and they will not escape. - 1 Thessalonians 5:3
The Price of Security In a statement to
the United Nations Business Council in September 1994, David Rockefeller said, "We are on the verge of a global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis
and the nations will accept the new world order."
By the
time George W. Bush came into power, the next incremental step necessary to accomplish the global transformation Rockefeller
referred to was to convice the American people that it was necessary they abandon the freedoms they were accustomed to in exchange for security.
Thanks to a group of CIA funded and trained operatives, Mr. Bush got his New Pearl Harbor ushering in a period of de facto martial law where the American Constitution was shredded and Americans were told resistance was futile. Before leaving
office, the Bush Administration introduced another major crisis when the central banks of the world looted the national treasuries of their assets and left a legacy of slavery to debt for generations not yet born.
Bigger Government Economically, America
is on the brink of financial disaster as she has jettisoned her strength through independence and has bound herself to a faltering
global economy. Our government leaders no longer adhere to a concept of obeying the spirit of the law, let alone the letter
of the law. Most of them have no concept of right and wrong. No concept of what is and is not appropriate. And perhaps no
conscience.
These politicians have no respect for the people who elected them. No respect for the American people.
No respect for their office. No respect for the Constitution of the United States. No respect for what it means to be entrusted
by the people of this nation to serve at the highest capacity. Their only goal is to consolidate more money and power into
the hands of the few in order to control and manipulate the many.
Originally created to defend and protect, our government
was now being asked to provide. As the problems grow, so must the government. Traditionally, Democrats have stood for big
government, far-reaching federally controlled and federally funded programs and taxation at levels to match. One has to only
scan through a few of Clinton's policies in economic, spending, and tax strategy to see that sovereignty and freedom were the items actually targeted for reduction.
The governments ability to provide was demonstrated a few years later following the disaster left by
hurricane Katrina. What emerged appeared to be more an operational test of "control" than of providing assistance.
We have witnessed over the past 100 years an ever increasing collectivist inspired transfer of wealth
and a federal government takeover of the management of American business, health care, education and the American family. Clinton's actions demonstrated that he envisioned much more than mere renewal or reform; he wanted to
create an entirely new society controlled by a massive collectivist government. George W. Bush flexed the collectivist muscle to bring
the American population under the controlling wing of a government police state as he allowed the International banksters to siphon off Trillions of dollars of American assets.
Read statements President Obama made in this general time period.
Project Vote Smart's Synopsis:
Vote to invoke cloture on a conference report that extends the authority of the
Federal Bureau of Intelligence (FBI) to conduct "roving wiretaps" and access certain business records through December 31,
2009, and makes the remaining provisions of the Patriot Act permanent.
NOTE: INVOKING CLOTURE REQUIRES A THREE-FIFTHS MAJORITY OF THE SENATE. IT
IS NOT A VOTE ON THE PASSAGE OF THE PIECE OF LEGISLATION, BUT RATHER LIMITS FURTHER DEBATE TO 30 HOURS. CLOTURE IS TYPICALLY
USED TO END A FILIBUSTER. A FAILED CLOTURE VOTE OFTEN PREVENTS THE LEGISLATION FROM EVER COMING TO A VOTE.
Official Title of Legislation:
To extend and modify authorities needed to combat terrorism, and for other purposes.
Highlights:
-Assigns
three judges near the District of Columbia to hear individuals' petitions concerning improper requests by the FBI for library
circulation records, library patron lists, book sales records, book customer lists, records of fire arm sales, tax return
records, educational records and medical records (Sec. 106)
-Requires
the Attorney General to report to the Committees on the Judiciary and the Select Committees on Intelligence in both chambers
of Congress every year with the number of library, tax, and business records orders that are granted, modified, or denied
(Sec. 106)
-Increases the amount of time before a suspect must be
notified of a search warrant for his or her property to 30 days after a search, unless the time period is extended by a judge
(Sec. 114)
-Allows Internet service providers to disclose their subscribers
information and the contents of their communications to a government entity, if they believe there is "immediate danger of
death or serious physical injury" (Sec. 107)
-Requires that any court
that allows a "roving wiretap" under the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) must describe in great detail the intended
target whose identity is not known (Sec. 108)
-Allows individuals
and businesses to seek legal counsel if they have received a National Security Letter from the FBI to disclose their financial
information and records (Sec. 115)
-Sets the penalty of five years
in prison, a fine or both for a lawyer or individual who discloses any information concerning his or her or another individual's
National Security Letter (Sec. 117)
-Clarifies that a convicted terrorist
can be subject to the death penalty (Sec. 211)
-Requires the specifics
of all transfers of ephedrine, pseudoephedrine or phenylpropanolamine through shipping to a private individual to be reported
within a 30 day period (Sec. 716)
-Increases the punishment for any
individual that manufactures or distributes methamphetamine in the presence of minors (Sec. 734)
House
Motion Vote: 07/21/2005 : Motion Rejected: 209 - 218 (Roll no. 413) NOTE: THIS IS A MOTION TO RECOMMIT THIS LEGISLATION TO A COMMITTEE
WITH INSTRUCTIONS FOR AMENDMENTS. IF THE AMENDMENTS ARE ADOPTED, THE LEGISLATION GOES BACK TO THE FLOOR FOR A VOTE ON FINAL
PASSAGE.
House
Passage: 07/21/2005 : Bill Passed: 257 - 171 (Roll no. 414) NOTE: THIS IS A SUBSTITUTED BILL, MEANING THE LANGUAGE OF
THE ORIGINAL BILL HAS BEEN REPLACED.
Senate
Passage With Amendment: 07/29/2005 : Bill Passed NOTE: THIS PIECE OF LEGISLATION
PASSED BY UNANIMOUS CONSENT, MEANING NO MEMBER OBJECTED TO THE PASSAGE OF THE LEGISLATION. THIS DOES NOT NECESSARILY INDICATE
THAT ALL MEMBERS FAVORED THE LEGISLATION.
Senate
Cloture Vote: 12/16/2005 : Cloture Not Invoked 52 - 47 (Record Vote Number 358) NOTE:
INVOKING CLOTURE REQUIRES A THREE-FIFTHS MAJORITY OF THE SENATE. IT IS NOT A VOTE ON THE PASSAGE OF THE PIECE OF LEGISLATION,
BUT RATHER LIMITS FURTHER DEBATE TO 30 HOURS. CLOTURE IS TYPICALLY USED TO END A FILIBUSTER. A FAILED CLOTURE VOTE OFTEN PREVENTS
THE LEGISLATION FROM EVER COMING TO A VOTE.
The liberties of a people never were, nor ever will be, secure, when the transactions of their
rulers may be concealed from them. — Patrick Henry
As stated by Patrick Henry with conviction and passion, a democratic government will not last if its
operations and policies are not visible to its public. The foundation of our democratic republic is supposed to be based
on an open and accountable government. Transparency is what enables accountability.
For several decades post 1945, under the guise of the Cold War, with the creation of the Central Intelligence Agency and an
aggressive foreign policy based on overt and covert intervention abroad, the seeds of excessive secrecy were planted, aggressively
nurtured, and taken to heights not imaginable in our founding fathers’ vision of transparent and accountable government.
Although the Watergate Scandal brought a short-lived wave of awakening, and to a certain degree defiance, by getting Americans
to question the extent of and the real need for governmental secrecy, the subsequent political movements were eventually halted
with no real action ever taken, thanks to a Congress unwilling to truly exercise its oversight authority over the intelligence
community.
With the September 11 Terrorist Attacks the establishment had all it needed to take government secrecy
to new heights where neither the Constitution nor the separation of powers would matter or be applicable. These new heights
could never be reached in a functioning and live democracy, nor could they be sustained and flourish without a home marked
by all the characteristics of a police state. Those new heights were indeed reached, and they surely have been not only sustained,
but actually increased; notch by notch. Waving the national security flag nonstop, reminding us on a daily basis of some vague
boogiemen terrorists who may be hiding under our beds, drilling the words terror-terrorists-terrorism every hour, did the
magic; thanks to the US Media.
Let’s examine some of these new heights of secrecy we’ve reached and appear to have accepted:
The Cost
For the fiscal year 2005, based on an official report released by the National Archives, the total security classification cost estimates for Government was
$7.7 billion. This figure represents costs provided by 41 executive
branch agencies, including the Department of Defense. But it does not include the cost estimates of the CIA, which is classified
by the agency. Here is the breakdown:
Information Technology = $3.6 Billion Classification
Management = $310 Million Declassification = $57 Million
Professional Education and Training = $219 Million Security Management and Planning = $1.2 Billion Unique
= $6.6 Million
Total= $7.7 Billion
Based on the consensus among the knowledgeable this was truly a new height for government secrecy spun
out of control. But wait, this new record height was short-lived! It climbed much higher very quickly. Here is the major new
height for 2007 secrecy as reported by the US Information Security Oversight Office:
Oversight Office recorded an all-time-high record in the cost of implementing the national security
classification system.
The annual report, released Thursday, representing the classification and declassification activity
throughout the executive branch, said the cost of national security classifications totaled $9.91 billion in 2007. The total cost was a 4.6 percent increase over 2006 and
became the highest total recorded in ISOO’s history.
That’s right. In two years the cost of our government’s classification and its secrecy
increased from $7.7 Billion to $9.91 Billion. And, as with the 2005 cost this too does not
include the CIA and other classified operations and entities we don’t know about. Just keep in mind all those rendition,
detention and torture operations we’ve been engaged in around the globe.
The Trend
The following is a snap shot of a few items in the Secrecy Report Card for 2008 issued by Open the Government:
18% of DOD FY 2008 Acquisition Budget, equaling to more than $31 Billion, is classified.
Our Secret FISA Court issued 2,371 secret orders in 2007.
Over 25% of our Federal Government’s Contracts, equaling to $114 billion, were granted with
no competition whatsoever.
Over 64% of the 7,067 meetings of Federal Advisory Committees on scientific technical areas were
completely closed to the public.
What does this tell us? Secret Budgets, Secret Courts & Secret Orders, Secret Meetings, no-competition
& no-oversight contracts paid by taxpayers’ dollars…
Secret Budgets, Secret Expenditures
What does it mean when we keep hearing secret budget for this agency, secret budget for that acquisition,
secret budget for this and that operation? Take this example:
The Defense Department will spend $35.8 billion on secret technologies in 2010, according to a new report from the Washington, D.C.-based Center for Strategic and Budgetary Assessments.
“Restrictions placed on access to classified programs have meant that DoD and Congress typically
exercise less oversight over classified programs than unclassified ones,” the report notes. That can result in big losses,
when programs go awry.
Take the hush-hush Future Imagery Architecture program, meant to “develop the next generation of spy satellites for the National Reconnaissance Office.”
“The electro-optical satellite component of the program was canceled in 2005 due to significant cost overruns and technical
issues,” CSBA recalls, “resulting in what was reported as a $4 billion loss for the government.”
We’ve seen many examples like this; CIA, NSA, DOD, FBI…Here is another ludicrous example:
Growing by leaps and bounds, the Pentagon’s secretive Information Operations budget keeps tripping over some basic information — like how much
it costs.
Just months ago, the Defense Department said it needed $988 million to help win hearts and minds in the new fiscal year beginning Oct. 1. When the House cut this by half
in July, top-level officials landed on Capitol Hill, pleading their case but also making a startling admission: Their budget
needs for 2010 are actually $626.2 million — more than one-third less than first estimated.
I know for some reason when it comes to our government expenditures the zeros attached to these dollar amounts don’t
register with many. In this case we are talking about nearly $1 billion, and here is the dollar amount with zeros –
$1,000,000,000. This is not an amount printed specifically and specially for our government to dispose of as it pleases, as
it wishes, with secrecy, thus with immunity and no oversight. These dollars are your money, my money; our tax dollars. Think
of these zeros spent with no accountability when you are thinking of your kids’ college funds, your medical bills, your
ever-shrinking retirement funds…Then, tell me whether it sits okay with you to see our government spend your hard-earned
dollars in secrecy, without your consent, and not to your benefit.
So what does the branch entrusted with oversight and accountability do when it comes to these secret
budgets & expenditures? Nothing, really; after all it is shielded by secrecy and classification, and as long as they
have a share of this pie, who gives a damn about the public interest?! A good example of this surfaced (unfortunately it quickly
disappeared from the media radar) during the Representative Randy Cunningham Scandal. If you don’t remember the details
you are not alone; Jennifer Aniston’s story and Brittany’s personal saga didn’t leave much room for major
corruption scandals like this. You can read a snapshot of the case here, which describes the congressional corruption side of the story. The following excerpts from the same
article have to do with the secrecy aspect of this issue, in 2005, when the Pentagon secret budget was around $22 billion:
The Pentagon’s classified budget for buying goods and services has increased by nearly 48%
since 9/11 — from $18.2 billion in fiscal 2002 to $26.9 billion this year — according to figures compiled by the
non-partisan Center for Strategic and Budgetary Assessments.
The budget has long been a repository for spending that members of Congress want to shield.
“We had a classified annex to our bill, and we would hide all sorts of things in there,”
says Jim Currie, who worked as a Democratic staff member at the Senate Intelligence Committee until 1991 and now teaches at
the National Defense University. “In theory, any member of Congress could find out about it, but in reality no one ever
came in and checked. … It’s a beautiful way to hide something.”
Harold Relyea, who studies government secrecy at the Congressional Research Service, says even
if lawmakers had the time to study classified programs, most are not inclined to question the pet projects of their colleagues.
And within the defense industry, “there is a coziness that sometimes builds up. You are familiar with the company and
their people, it’s easy to go back to them” for more work. “It’s a new phase of what we used to call
the military-industrial complex.”
Neither Congress nor the executive branch regularly produces reports on oversight of classified
spending. None has been made during the buildup after the 2001 terrorist attacks. Without such investigations, it’s
impossible to know whether, or to what extent, the classified “black budget” is being abused.
The details of these secret aka black budgets are revealed to only a very few select Congressional
committee members, and sometimes not even to them. Billions of dollars go to defense companies like the infamous Blackwater
(Xe), billions into illegal and immoral operations involving extraordinary renditions, torture and assassinations, billions
get lost in secret planes destined to some secret countries for some secret objective, billions are lost due to mismanagement
and bad accounting practices…This is our money, and this is supposed to be our government, but the former doesn’t
matter while the latter no longer holds true. That part is no longer a secret.
Secret Courts, Secret Hearings
This is a topic I can write about and talk about in detail. Those of you familiar with my case and
the invocation of the draconian State Secrets Privilege know this already. Those of you who are not, here are a few excerpts from only one of many unconstitutional secrecy practices I had to endure for almost
six years:
A federal court in Washington yesterday took the rare step of closing an entire oral argument to
the public in the case of a former FBI translator who says she was fired for complaining about security breaches. The U.S.
Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit announced that today’s 30-minute argument in the case of Sibel Edmonds, a Middle
Eastern language specialist fired in 2002, will be conducted behind closed doors. The court gave no reason for its decision.
The Washington Post and 12 other media organizations also filed an emergency motion urging the
court to open the arguments. The Justice Department declined to comment. It has urged dismissal of Edmonds’s case and
contends that the litigation could lead to disclosure of classified information. But the court decided to close today’s
hearing without a request from the government.
This was one of many similar actions by our government to cover up criminal acts and illegal operations using their regularly-employed
secrecy card. This was not a case related to some terrorist, or, intelligence gathering method, or, anything that in any way
would warrant protection of information. All they (the Federal Government) had to do: tell the courts, the judges, that they
deemed everything about me and my case classified. That’s it. Period. No supporting documents, no witnesses, no explanation.
They could just say so, and get what they wanted from the other branch which theoretically exists for the purpose of checks
and balances; the purpose and the separation that was once upon a time but it isn’t any longer.
This same secrecy card, invocation of state secrets privilege, classification, has been used to shield
the government, prevent oversight, and prohibit even the chance of government accountability in case after case: NSA’s
illegal domestic wiretapping, torture, government whistleblowers, Inspector General investigations and findings…
Let’s go back to our Secret Court with Secret Orders: Our Secret FISA Court issued 2,371
secret orders in 2007. If you are wondering how the Feds get their federal judges to go along with their unjustified,
unwarranted, and in some cases unconstitutional secrecy requests, this may answer it for you to a certain extent: Secrecy
Compliance by Judges with a Secret Past. What do I mean by that? Okay, here is a real example, with a real case:
The case involves Judge Reggie Walton who was promoted to the FISA-Secret Court towards the end of
the Bush Administration. He is a judge with a really questionable background, who was handpicked by Bush Senior to work in
the Drug Czar’s office (I guess you have a pretty good idea of the real qualifications needed for heading that office!).
However, you and I, the American Public, are not allowed to know this judge’s deep dark history, despite his record
of many questionable rulings. Judge Reggie Walton’s real past and his real finances are secret:
What do two of the biggest national-security news stories of the century — the Valerie Plame
leak scandal and the legal case of FBI whistleblower Sibel Edmonds — have in common? They both are being presided over
by the same federal judge in the District of Colombia, Reggie Walton, a Bush appointee to the federal court and a man who appears to have a few well-kept secrets of his own.
All federal judges are required under ethics rules to file what is known as “financial disclosure
reports.” The disclosure statement filed by Walton, which was obtained through the dogged efforts of a conservative
watchdog group called Judicial Watch, is curious in what it does not reveal. Remember, this judge is arguably handling two of the most sensitive
and potentially far-reaching challenges to the free press and the public’s right to know of our times.
So Judge Walton seems to be in a critical role in serving as the point man in the federal judicial
system for two explosive cases — the Edmonds civil case and Libby’s criminal case — both of which have vast
implications for the White House and for the country in general. So shouldn’t we know who’s buttering Walton’s
bread in terms of financial backing? Why have ethics rules mandating such disclosures, if the information is not disclosed
in cases, such as these, where the stakes are so high?
Well, it seems, at least according to the only document that Judicial Watch could shake loose in
its public-records quest, that Walton doesn’t think so. His financial disclosure
statement, the one released for public inspection through Judicial Watch, is completely redacted, every line of it.
Take a look here for yourself.
Now, ask yourself, why would that be, and what might lurk in the shadows of Judge Walton’s
fiscal closet? If there nothing to hide, then there is nothing to lose by shedding some light on the retractions, is there?
This appears to be one way for the federal government to overcome the burden of the Constitution and
separation of powers: Hand select and appoint federal judges with secret pasts and secret financials, and in fact promote
them to the secret courts where these thousands of secret orders take place every year.
So what happens when once in a blue moon you get a little bit of congressional pressure and or media
coverage, thus forcing the government to investigate itself? That’s right, the body called the Office of Inspector
General, OIG, is just that. It is used when the government is pressured to provide somewhat of an explanation, answer, on
cases and scandals that have garnered some level of public attention/scrutiny. One of the offices of the government, with
employees who are answerable to the government and paid by the government, is given the task to investigate that same government.
You would think with that much leverage and control the government would not give a hoot about the
resulting report card prepared and issued by its own humble servants. You would be wrong. Even then, the government, without
having to justify or prove anything, can declare the findings, the report, secret and classified. Let’s get this straight:
The purpose, in the first place, for having an IG investigation and report, is to inform the people and their congressional
representatives. Yet, that same government can then declare the report, or any portion of that report, secret and classified.
Actually, seeing an IG report that has been redacted by government bosses will put this in perspective.
After three years of foot-dragging, due to a certain degree of public pressure and initial congressional requests, the Justice
Department’s Inspector General finally issued a report on my case. Here is what the original report looks like: here. Who decides what gets to be redacted? Of course – the mighty government. What are the reasons,
what is the justification? No one knows; they are all secret. Why are these reasons secret? You have no right to know, because
the reasons themselves are secret to start with. You think I’m joking? I kid you not. After the above redacted report
I fought for another two years in courts to find the answers to these same questions. We ended up with one answer; one word:
Secret.
The recent developments on the release of torture pictures is another good example:
Specifically, the coalition’s letter requests that President Obama direct the Department of Defense to comply with court orders mandating
disclosure of photos documenting detainee abuse, rather than exercise an authority recently granted by Congress to keep them
secret. It also “explain[s] why transparency and robust accountability are a strategic national security imperative,
and…expose[s] the self-interest of voices counseling against accountability.”
How about a desperate Congress begging the right to information they are entitled to get in the first
place?
Anticipating that the debate over reauthorization of the USA PATRIOT Act will soon come to the Senate floor, Sens. Ron Wyden (D-Ore.) Russ Feingold (D-Wis.) and Richard Durbin
(D-Ill.) on Tuesday asked Attorney General Eric Holder to declassify key information
about how the law’s “business records provision” has been used. They last sent a classified letter in June
asking for the same thing, but claim they’ve received no response.
Section 215 of the Patriot Act, known as the “business records provision,” relaxed the previous standard the government
had to meet to obtain personal information from banks, hospitals, libraries, retail stores and other institutions. Previously,
the government had to show that it had evidence that the person whose records it sought was a terrorist or spy. With passage
of the Patriot Act, that standard was lowered to permit the government to collect any records it considered “relevant
to an investigation.”
Wyden, Feingold and Durbin have been arguing that the relevance standard is far too broad and violates
the privacy rights of ordinary law-abiding Americans. But they also claim that the government is withholding key information
from Congress that would allow lawmakers to make an informed judgment about the issue. Although it’s not clear exactly
what information they’re talking about, since even a description of the information is classified, it would seem to
be information about how the government has used the business records provision, and what evidence it has obtained by its
use.
Doesn’t this sound pathetic? We the people, through our representatives, the supposed-to-be masters
of our nation, begging the supposed-to-be civil servants for information on how and based on what guidelines our government
operates?
As for any indication of changes for the good in this area of excessive secrecy with impunity, there
seems to be none. In fact, our new President of changes is intending to take it even further, to ludicrous levels. Here is one recent outrageous and Kafkaesque move by the Obama administration (Pay special attention to the
sadly funny title!):
Federal workshop on openness closed to the public
The Obama administration is conducting a workshop on government openness for federal employees
behind closed doors Monday, a private training session for freedom-of-information officials to learn about a new U.S. office
that settle disputes between the bureaucracy and the public.
The decision to preclude the public and the media from attending Monday’s openness workshop
left advocates scratching their heads, given President Barack Obama’s campaign promise to make his administration the
most transparent ever.
“If they’re getting marching orders, why shouldn’t the public be there?”
said Jeff Stachewicz, founder of Washington-based FOIA Group Inc., which files hundreds of requests every month across the
government on behalf of companies, law firms and news organizations.
The Price of Security In a statement to the United Nations Business Council in September
1994, David Rockefeller said, "We are
on the verge of a global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis and the nations will accept the new world order."
By the time George W. Bush came into power, the next incremental
step necessary to accomplish the global transformation Rockefeller referred to was to convice the American people that it
was necessary they abandon the freedoms they were accustomed to in exchange for security.
Thanks to a group of CIA funded and trained operatives, Mr. Bush got his New Pearl Harbor ushering in a period of de facto martial law where the American Constitution was shredded and Americans were told resistance was
futile. Before leaving office, the Bush Administration introduced another major crisis when the central banks of the world looted the national treasuries of their assets and left a legacy of
slavery to debt for generations not yet born.
Bigger Government Economically,
America is on the brink of financial disaster as she has jettisoned her strength through independence and has bound herself
to a faltering global economy. Our government leaders no longer adhere to a concept of obeying the spirit of the law, let
alone the letter of the law. Most of them have no concept of right and wrong. No concept of what is and is not appropriate.
And perhaps no conscience.
These politicians have no respect for the people who elected them. No respect for the American
people. No respect for their office. No respect for the Constitution of the United States. No respect for what it means to
be entrusted by the people of this nation to serve at the highest capacity. Their only goal is to consolidate more money and
power into the hands of the few in order to control and manipulate the many.
Originally created to defend and protect,
our government was now being asked to provide. As the problems grow, so must the government. Traditionally, Democrats have
stood for big government, far-reaching federally controlled and federally funded programs and taxation at levels to match.
One has to only scan through a few of Clinton's policies in economic, spending, and tax strategy to see that sovereignty and freedom were the items actually targeted for reduction.
The governments ability to provide was demonstrated a few years later following
the disaster left by hurricane Katrina. What emerged appeared to be more an operational test of "control" than of providing
assistance.
We have witnessed over the past 100 years an ever increasing collectivist inspired
transfer of wealth and a federal government takeover of the management of American business, health care, education and the American family. Clinton's actions demonstrated that he envisioned much more than mere renewal or
reform; he wanted to create an entirely new society controlled by a massive collectivist government. George W. Bush flexed the collectivist
muscle to bring the American population under the controlling wing of a government police state as he allowed the International banksters to siphon off Trillions of dollars of American
assets.
America was ready for Change...
Video: Army’s Robot-Man Walks Like the Real Thing
The makers of the eerily lifelike robotic mule have a new creation: a machine that walks around like a real human being. Boston Dynamics is building
the “Petman” prototype for the U.S. Army, to test out protective clothing.
“Petman will balance itself and move freely; walking, crawling and doing a variety
of suit-stressing calisthenics during exposure to chemical warfare agents,” the company promises. “Petman will also simulate human physiology within the protective suit by controlling temperature,
humidity and sweating when necessary, all to provide realistic test conditions. ”
Like Boston Dynamics’ BigDog robo-mule, Petman stays upright, even when it’s
shoved. And the thing walks heel-to-toe at 3.2 miles per hour, just like a flesh-and-blood person. Petman may be just one
of a number of attempts by robot-makers to build a simulated set of biped legs. But I haven’t seen one that gets closer to the real deal.
CNBC video: Investor predicts destruction of US dollar, global currency, world government,
and New World Order
Novartis and Proteus Biomedicalare not the only companies hoping to implant microchips into patients
so that their pill-popping habits can be monitored. VeriChip of Delray Beach, Fl., has an even bolder idea:
an implanted chip that links to an online database containing all your medical records, credit history and your social security
ID.
… a tiny, passive microchip (the nation’s first and only microchip cleared for patient
identification by the U.S. Food & Drug Administration) and a secure, private online database that links you to your personal
health record. Your Health Link is always with you and cannot be lost or stolen.
That database can be accessed by doctors and nurses:
About the size of a grain of rice, the microchip is inserted just under the skin and contains only
a unique, 16-digit identifier. The microchip itself does not contain any other data other than this unique electronic ID,
nor does it contain any Global Positioning System (GPS) tracking capabilities. And unlike conventional forms of identification,
the Health Link cannot be lost, stolen, misplaced, or counterfeited. It is safe, secure, reversible, and always with you.
But VeriChip’s ambitions don’t end there, as this diagram indicates:
(Click to enlarge.)
Yes, it shows your Health Link chip linked to Google, Microsoft, employers and insurers.
The company also sees the VeriMed Health Link linked to your “identity security services,” through a separate
VeriChip product, PositiveID. This slide show states:
PositiveID puts people in control of their personal health records and financial information, bridging
the gap between secure medical records and identity security
PositiveID dovetails with Health Link:
Cross marketing opportunities: cross-sell the NationalCreditReport.com customer base the Health Link
personal health record and vice-versa
Differentiates PositiveID as the only personal health record that offers identity theft protection
It’s a future in which your doctor tags you like a dog with a microchip that allows anyone with
the right privileges to look at your medical records, credit history, social security number (see slide 6), and anything else
that stems from that.
Suddenly, storing medical records on paper in locked cabinets inside a single doctor’s
office starts to look like something we may not want to rush to give up.
Increasingly facial recognition is picking out people in a crowd
A surveillance state, with cameras on every street is commonplace but now Big Business is also turning to Big Brother.
Face recognition, behaviour analysing surveillance cameras, biometric profiling and the monitoring and storing of our shopping
patterns has made snooping into our habits, movements and private lives ever easier.
Dismayed at its shrinking power to market to us via traditional media or even the internet, the private sector is now proposing
to reach potential customers in ways that critics say should have us all concerned.
"There is an enormous pent-up demand for personalised location advertising, whether it is on your cellphone or PDA, on
your radio in your car, or on the billboards you walk by on the streets and inside stores," says Bruce Schneier, chief security
technology officer of BT.
"This is yet another technological intrusion into privacy. And like all such intrusions, it will be taken as far as the
owner of that intrusion finds it profitable."
Emotional reactions
Are adverts watching you?
New surveillance technology could even evaporate the advertiser's favourite grouse that "half of advertising is wasted,
but we don't know which half".
Advertisers are turning to "intelligent" digital billboards that use cameras to watch you watching the ads.
In Germany, developers have placed video cameras into street advertisements attempting to discern people's emotional reactions
to the ads, according to the Washington-based privacy advocate outfit the Electronic Privacy Information Center (EPIC).
It warns that this type of surveillance encroaches on civil liberties. Such face, voice and behaviour technology could
be a means of tracking individuals on a mass level across their entire lives, it says.
Pushed by the demands of advertisers and security-minded governments, these technologies are becoming so increasingly smart
and intrusive that they now resemble something out of science fiction, it warns.
Science fact
Some of the technology available now seems to have overtaken fiction.
When an interactive ad shouts out to Tom Cruise's character in the 2002 film Minority Report: "John Anderton, you could
use a Guinness!" It identified him as he walked through a mall by scanning the unique pattern of his iris.
This is now pretty standard. Face recognition technology is proving to be a handier, more sophisticated tool to pick us
out on the street, a crowded room or at passport control.
Such systems are able to automatically detect and identify human faces using recognition algorithms.
The first step for a facial recognition system is to recognise a human face and extract it from the rest of the scene.
Next, the system measures the distance between the features -- a distinctive aspect of our faces that does not change with
disguises or even surgery.
Matches can then be found in databases in under a second, although 100% accuracy is not yet guaranteed.
Currently the private sector is finding such systems useful for what it calls "targeted marketing," or "dynamic advertising."
Japan's NEC, for instance, sells face-recognition technology to allow advertisers to tailor what ad is showing on a digitised
screen depending on the viewer's sex and age.
Tracking systems, such as these, can determine the viewer's gender 85-90% of the time, approximate age and ethnicity, and
change the ads accordingly.
NEC denies the system raises privacy concerns as it does not store any images, only the analysed results (age and sex)
based on those images.
But as Schneier points out systems like these are likely liable to "function creep" where a technology is brought in for
one purpose, to profile your sex while viewing an ad for example, and then begins to push the boundaries.
"Once the cameras are installed and operational, once they're networked to central computers, then it's a simple matter
of upgrading the software," he says.
"And if they can do more -- if they can provide more "value" to the advertisers -- then of course they will. To think otherwise
is simply naive."
And when advertisers start to follow us, our privacy, our right to be left alone will be severely compromised, he thinks.
More control
EU commissioner Viviane Reding wants to see tighter controls
Democratic governments, charged with protecting us from such violations, are beginning to wake up to these practices.
The US is about to propose a bill to ensure that consumers know what information is being collected about them. While the
EU promises to rigorously police what it claims are already stringent controls on our personal data.
"Europeans must have the right to control how their personal information is used," Viviane Reding, the EU's commissioner
for information society and media told BBC news. "We cannot give up this basic principle, and have all our exchanges monitored,
surveyed and stored, in exchange for a promise of 'more relevant' advertising."
Despite such assurances, given the pervasiveness of such technologies firstly on the internet and now spreading to the
physical world, what we do about them in the next few years will be crucial. It might control our privacy for generations
to come say human rights advocates.
"Companies are increasingly impatient to get to us and once these practices are commonplace it will hard to reverse them,"
says Marc Rotenberg director of EPIC. "Particularly as, ironically, we lose privacy these companies are gaining secrecy."
It would seem sensible to debate now how far business and the state should be allowed to tag us while we still have a privacy
to protect.
Virtual eye in the sky sparks stalker fears
By News Online's Sarah Collerton
The Georgia Tech trial video of an augmented virtual Earth shows people walking around.
(YouTube: Georgia Tech)
Privacy groups are aghast at early plans to make virtual maps so realistic that individual humans could be
spotted and tracked.
United States researchers are working on ways to layer more real-time, real-world information into Google Earth or Microsoft
Virtual Earth.
The Georgia Tech trial video of an augmented virtual Earth shows people just walking around, a soccer game being played
in a park, how fast clouds move across the sky and the speed traffic is moving along the highway.
But the things you are seeing are not actually real, rather animations based on recordings of real people and events.
The researchers have produced the realistic animations of humans and various objects using live video feeds that detect
the position and motion of things.
They also use behaviour simulation and motion capture data so the animated humans look and move realistically.
The Australian Privacy Foundation (APF) says real-time capture of large-scale natural and man-made phenomena could be highly
valuable, both socially and economically.
But they have grave concerns over the real-time capture of human activity, which they say is "grossly privacy-intrusive".
The group is worried about who will be collecting the real-time data, how it will be used and how long it will be stored.
APF chair Roger Clarke says there are far too many risks involved to even consider the technology.
"The risk of voyeurism in many different forms is enormous here," he told ABC News Online.
"Stalkers, particularly relating to celebrities and notorieties, but there's an awful lot of people who aren't celebrities
who are at potential risk from people who have funny ideas."
Mr Clarke says Australia's privacy legislation is far too lax, and even the prospect of this technology shows Australia
needs clearer privacy protection.
"We have an awful lot of holes in our privacy legislation in all countries, but Australia is atrocious, particularly in
relation to the private sector," he said.
"We don't have appropriate protections in place."
Privacy concerns in the wake of the launch of Google Street View prompted the technology giant to blur faces of people
caught in photographs and take down images at the request of property owners.
Street View allows people to see 360-degree ground-level images of cities captured from a car equipped with a camera.
Earlier this year, Google argued in a US court that an expectation of privacy concerning pictures of houses or yards is
unrealistic in this age of aerial and satellite imagery.
The Georgia Tech researchers will present their findings at the IEEE International Symposium on Mixed and Augmented Reality
in Florida next month.
BILDERBERGERS WANT GLOBAL CURRENCY NOW
But nationalists and populists around the world ready to fight
to retain financial sovereignty
By
James P. Tucker, Jr.
Bilderberg has had front-men call anew for creating a global currency and establishing major European
Union-style regions for the administrative convenience of a planned world government. Both steps were taken in September,
one by the new Bilderberg-crowned prime minister of Japan and one separately by the UN.
The Geneva-based UN Conference
on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) called for a global currency in a report made public on September 7. UN countries should
agree on a global reserve bank to issue the currency and to monitor the national exchange rates of its members, UNCTAD said.
The dollar’s role in international trade should be reduced to protect emerging markets from the “confidence game”
of financial speculation, it said.
Heiner Flassbeck, a former German deputy finance minister, is co-author of the
report calling for a global currency. He worked with then U.S. Deputy Treasury Secretary Lawrence Summers in 1997-98 to contain
the Asian financial crisis. Summers is a longtime Bilderberg luminary and has been photographed by AFP at annual secret Bilderberg
confabs.
Eliminating national currencies has long been a goal of Bilderberg as a crucial step in its plan to establish
a world government. A nation’s currency is a symbol of sovereignty, so Bilderberg wants to divide the world into three
giant regions, each with its regional currency, for the administrative convenience of its world government bureaucrats.
Bilderberg used its immense power to get Yukio Hatoyama’s Democratic Party of Japan elected
over the Liberal Democratic Party, which had led the nation for 64 years. Hatoyama obediently called for an Asian economic
bloc, similar to the EU, complete with a regional currency.
Bilderberg’s goal is an “Asian-Pacific Union”
and an “American Union,” both modeled after the EU. The EU has its common currency, the euro, and a European Parliament
that can impose laws on the once sovereign nations of Europe and a European Court superior to the highest courts of member
states. The EU is effectively a single super-state.
The “American Union” is to evolve from the North American
Free Trade Agreement, or NAFTA, as it extends throughout the Western Hemisphere. The common currency is to be the “amero.”
Fortunately, Bilderberg’s efforts in the Western Hemisphere have been stalled but the campaign continues using “free
trade” propaganda.
Ultimately, the UN is to function as a world government with the General Assembly serving
as a world parliament. Bilderberg, a secret organization of international financiers and political leaders, will serve as
a world shadow government that dictates to the UN.
Fed Chairman ‘Forgets’ Banks He Loaned Half Trillion
$
By Christopher J. Petherick
Ben Bernanke, the head of the privately owned and controlled Federal Reserve, cannot remember
to which foreign banks the Fed has loaned a half trillion dollars. His lack of memory can be understood, given that the Fed
has loaned or guaranteed trillions of U.S. dollars to banks around the world since the U.S. economy took a turn for the worse
in the summer of 2008. Still, it was quite an embarrassment for the country’s top banker, who, during a three-hour grilling
on July 21 before the House Committee on Financial Services, admitted he did not know the recipients of foreign liquidity
swaps—loans to foreign financial entities—that amounted to some $550 billion.
Shortly after news broke
of Bernanke on the hot seat, video of his testimony spread like wildfire on the Internet with hundreds of thousands of viewers
around the world watching the chief banker stutter and squirm. Here is the relevant portion of the official transcript relating
the exchange between Bernanke and Rep. Alan Grayson (D-Fla.), who is also a sponsor of Rep. Ron Paul’s landmark “Audit
the Fed” legislation (H.R. 1207).
Grayson: “What’s that [the $553 billion amount]?”
Bernanke:
“Those are swaps that were done with foreign central banks. Many foreign banks are short dollars. . . .”
Grayson: “So who got the money?”
Bernanke: “Financial institutions in Europe
and other countries.”
Grayson: “Which ones?”
Bernanke: “I don’t know.”
Grayson:
“Half a trillion dollars, and you don’t know who got the money?”
Grayson was following up on earlier
testimony by Bernanke, who said that loans to foreign banks had increased from $24 billion at the end of 2007 to $553 billion
at the end of 2008. That is a 2,300 percent increase in one year for anyone doing the math.
Grayson and Bernanke were
debating complicated global financial transactions known as foreign liquidity swaps, whereupon the Federal Reserve gives U.S.
dollars to foreign financial entities, usually foreign central banks. In return for dollars, the foreign institutions usually
hold an equivalent amount of their own currencies in accounts for the Fed.
Officially, the Federal Reserve states,
“When the foreign central bank lends the dollars it obtained by drawing on its swap line to institutions in its jurisdiction,
the dollars are transferred from the foreign central bank’s account at the Federal Reserve to the account of the bank
that the borrowing institution uses to clear its dollar transactions.”
Translated from banker-speak, the U.S.
dollars, in a nutshell, are going to back unstipulated loans in countries around the world.
As of now, the Fed has
dollar liquidity swap lines open with 13 foreign central banks. These include the Reserve Bank of Australia, the Central Bank
of Brazil, the Bank of Canada, Denmark’s National Bank, the Bank of England, the European Central Bank, the Bank of
Korea, the Bank of Mexico, the Reserve Bank of New Zealand, Norway’s Norges Bank, the Monetary Authority of Singapore,
Sweden’s Sveriges Riksbank, and the Swiss National Bank.
Bernanke tried to clarify the need for the swaps, saying
that foreign central banks are short of U.S. dollars and come into the U.S. market, driving up interest rates. “We swap
our currency dollar for their currency,” said Bernanke. “They take dollars and lend to banks in their jurisdiction.”
Grayson
responded that his staff had looked into some of the swaps, including a $9 billion dollar loan to New Zealand. That works
out to $3,000 for every citizen in New Zealand, he said.
“Seriously, wouldn’t it have been better to extend
that kind of credit to Americans rather than New Zealanders?” asked Grayson.
Putting aside the constitutionality
of lending dollars to foreign banks—strictly speaking, neither the Federal Reserve nor the fractional reserve banking
system is constitutional—there are considerable dangers associated with these types of transactions. Should the “swapped”
foreign currency lose value, and the foreign bank balk at paying back the loan at the agreed-upon rate, the Federal Reserve
and the dollar could be dragged down with them. Also, should the U.S.-backed foreign loans go bad, the whole system could
go down like dominoes with foreign central banks taking down the Federal Reserve and the U.S. economy.
It’s a
dangerous game the U.S. private central bank is playing with the American people’s money, all the more reason why it
should be opened up to public scrutiny. With no clue as to the solvency of the Federal Reserve, Rep. Paul’s “Audit
the Bill” looks better and better every day.
In the debate over the PATRIOT Act, the Bush White House insisted it needed the authority to search people's homes without
their permission or knowledge so that terrorists wouldn't be tipped off that they're under investigation.
Now that the authority is law, how has the Department of Justice used the new power? To go after
drug dealers.
Only three of the 763 "sneak-and-peek" requests in fiscal year 2008 involved terrorism cases, according
to a July 2009 report from the Administrative Office of the U.S. Courts. Sixty-five percent were drug cases.
Sen. Russ Feingold (D-Wis.) quizzed Assistant Attorney General David Kris about the discrepancy at
a hearing on the PATRIOT Act Wednesday. One might expect Kris to argue that there is a connection between drug trafficking
and terrorism or that the administration is otherwise justified to use the authority by virtue of some other connection to
terrorism.
He didn't even try. "This authority here on the sneak-and-peek side, on the criminal side, is not
meant for intelligence. It's for criminal cases. So I guess it's not surprising to me that it applies in drug cases," Kris
said.
"As I recall it was in something called the USA PATRIOT Act," Feingold quipped, "which was passed
in a rush after an attack on 9/11 that had to do with terrorism it didn't have to do with regular, run-of-the-mill criminal
cases. Let me tell you why I'm concerned about these numbers: That's not how this was sold to the American people. It was
sold as stated on DoJ's website in 2005 as being necessary - quote - to conduct investigations without tipping off terrorists."
Kris responded by saying that some courts had already granted the Justice Department authority to
conduct sneak-and-peeks. But Feingold countered that the PATRIOT Act codified and expanded that authority -- all under the
guise of the war on terror.
Feingold, the lone vote against the PATRIOT Act when it was first passed, is introducing an amendment
to curb its reach. "I'm going to say it's quite extraordinary to grant government agents the statutory authority to secretly
break into Americans homes," he said.
Published: September 8 2009 19:59 | Last updated: September 8 2009 19:59
Barack Obama will cement the new co-operative relationship between the US and the United Nations this month when he becomes the first American president to chair its 15-member Security Council.
The topic for the summit-level session of the council on September 24 is nuclear non-proliferation
and nuclear disarmament – one of several global challenges that the US now wants to see addressed at a multinational
level.
“The council has a very important
role to play in preventing the spread and use of nuclear weapons, and it’s the world’s principal body for dealing
with global security cooperation,” Susan Rice, US envoy to the UN, said last week.
Her remarks were the latest by the Obama administration to emphasise a shift from the strategy
of the previous Bush administration, sometimes criticised by its UN partners for seeking to use the world body principally
to endorse its own unilateral policies. The US currently holds the month-long rotating presidency of the Security Council.
Mr Obama will join other heads of government in New York during the week of the nuclear summit
for the opening of the 64th session of the UN General Assembly. The annual meeting of world leaders is this year raising expectations
on a number of fronts.
UN officials hope a climate change debate on September 22 will give fresh impetus to the search
for a global climate deal at Copenhagen in December. There are also hopes a possible meeting between Benjamin Netanyahu, Israeli
prime minister, and Mahmoud Abbas, Palestinian Authority president, that Mr Obama would host, could lead to a breakthrough
about a timetable for Middle East peace.
Heads of state are also likely to consider how to deal with Iran’s nuclear ambitions. Mr
Obama gave Tehran a September deadline to reply to his offer of negotiations. Iran’s Mahmoud Ahmadi-nejad will attend
the General Assembly “to encourage Iranian views in managing the world,” an aide said.
US officials are concerned Libya’s Muammar Gaddafi might try to steal the limelight during
his first visit to New York. A public outcry at the Libyan leader’s visit after he last month welcomed home Abdelbaset
Ali Mohmed Al Megrahi, the freed Lockerbie bomber, has already stymied his plans to pitch his tent in Central Park.
“How President Gaddafi chooses to comport himself, when he attends the General Assembly
and the Security Council in New York, has the potential either to further aggravate those feelings and emotions or not,”
Ms Rice said.
The State Department has not ruled out the possibility that Mr Obama and Colonel Gaddafi would cross paths. They are both due to
address the General Assembly on the same day, and the Libyan leader, whose country is a temporary member of the Security Council,
is entitled to attend the nuclear summit session that Mr Obama will chair.
U.S. Army Accidentally Grows Marijuana
Officials at Former Chemical Weapons Plant Plan to Burn Plants or Let Bison Eat Them
(CBS4 Denver) U.S. Army officials at the Rocky Mountain Arsenal outside of Denver, Colo.
discovered recently that the "weed-free" mulch they were using to re-seed ground cover was actually quite full of weed.
The
Army discovered it was inadvertently growing marijuana on the property in June. Since then, they have picked about 100 low-grade
marijuana plants. Called "ditch weed" or "feral hemp," the plant grows wild in some places, including Kansas where the mulch
supplier is located.
The Rocky Mountain Arsenal was used by the Army as a chemical weapons manufacturing facility
during World War II and the Cold War. As part of a clean-up effort, the Army had been reseeding in some areas. But when the
seeds started to grow, they noticed they were reseeding the area with marijuana.
Charlie Scharmin is in charge of the cleanup. He said he was quite surprised when he was told what was growing at
the arsenal. "It's not something you expect in an environmental cleanup job," Scharmin told CBS News. "It was a
little surprising."
Scharmin says they plan to mow, burn or maybe even have bison who roam on the land eat the rest.
"(The) Fish and Wildlife Service does not seem to have any concern about having bison out there (with the plant present),"
Scharmin said.
Before you read the following excerpts from the CIA interrogation
report released today, consider these three points:
1. A 1994 federal law prohibits U.S. nationals from performing torture upon penalty of up to 20 years in prison. "Torture" is defined as the threat of imminent death, the threat of someone else being killed, and acts "specifically intended to inflict severe
physical or mental pain or suffering."
2. Waterboarding has long been viewed as torture. A post-World War II tribunal
ruled that waterboarding was torture when performed by the Japanese; the U.S. government condemned it at the time as a "brutal and bestial" practice. When U.S. soldiers were subjected to it during the Philippine-American War, a senator denounced it in a 1902 speech as "cold-blooded, deliberate, calculated torture." In 1984, a federal appeals court ruled that waterboarding done by Texas law enforcement was "torture."
3. By the end of his term as president, George W.
Bush knew the techniques that CIA interrogators employed. Yet on his final days of office, when he was signing petitions for clemency, he chose not to pardon anyone involved. (A few years earlier, Bush had declared that "torture anywhere is an affront to human dignity everywhere.")
Cops jump on swine-flu power: Shots heard 'round the world Pandemic bill allows health authorities to enter homes, detain without warrant
Posted: September 01, 2009 9:11 pm Eastern
A"pandemic response bill" currently making its way through the Massachusetts state legislature would allow authorities
to forcefully quarantine citizens in the event of a health emergency, compel health providers to vaccinate citizens, authorize
forceful entry into private dwellings and destruction of citizen property and impose fines on citizens for noncompliance.
If citizens refuse to comply with isolation or quarantine orders in the event of a health emergency, they may be imprisoned
for up to 30 days and fined $1,000 per day that the violation continues.
Massachusetts' pandemic response bill
"Pandemic Response Bill" 2028 was passed by the Massachusetts state Senate on April 28 and is now awaiting approval in the House.
As stated in the bill, upon declaration by the governor that an emergency exists that is considered detrimental to public
health or upon declaration of a state of emergency, a local public health authority, with approval of the commissioner, may
exercise the following authorities (emphasis added):
to require the owner or occupier of premises to permit entry into and investigation of the premises;
to close, direct, and compel the evacuation of, or to decontaminate or cause to be decontaminated any building
or facility, and to allow the reopening of the building or facility when the danger has ended;
to decontaminate or cause to be decontaminated, or to destroy any material;
to restrict or prohibit assemblages of persons;
to require a health care facility to provide services or the use of its facility, or to transfer the management and supervision of the health care facility to the department or to a local public health authority;
to control ingress to and egress from any stricken or threatened public area, and the movement of persons and
materials within the area;
to adopt and enforce measures to provide for the safe disposal of infectious waste and human remains, provided
that religious, cultural, family, and individual beliefs of the deceased person shall be followed to the extent possible when
disposing of human remains, whenever that may be done without endangering the public health;
to procure, take immediate possession from any source, store, or distribute any anti-toxins, serums, vaccines, immunizing
agents, antibiotics, and other pharmaceutical agents or medical supplies located within the commonwealth as may be necessary to respond
to the emergency;
to require in-state health care providers to assist in the performance of vaccination, treatment, examination, or testing of any individual as a condition of licensure, authorization, or
the ability to continue to function as a health care provider in the commonwealth;
to waive the commonwealth's licensing requirements for health care professionals with a valid license from another state
in the United States or whose professional training would otherwise qualify them for an appropriate professional license in
the commonwealth;
to allow for the dispensing of controlled substance by appropriate personnel consistent with federal statutes as necessary
for the prevention or treatment of illness;
to authorize the chief medical examiner to appoint and prescribe the duties of such emergency assistant medical examiners
as may be required for the proper performance of the duties of office;
to collect specimens and perform tests on any animal, living or deceased;
to exercise authority under sections 95 and 96 of chapter 111;
to care for any emerging mental health or crisis counseling needs that individuals may exhibit, with the consent
of the individuals
State and local agencies responding to the public health emergency would be required to exercise their powers over transportation
routes, communication devices, carriers, public utilities, fuels, food, clothing and shelter, according to the legislation.
Local public health authorities will be required to keep records of reports containing the name and location of all people
who have been reported, their disease, injury, or health condition and the name of the person reporting the case. In addition,
citizens may be subject to "involuntary transportation."
Line 341 of the bill states, "Law enforcement authorities, upon order of the commissioner or his agent or at the request
of a local public health authority pursuant to such order, shall assist emergency medical technicians or other appropriate
medical personnel in the involuntary transportation of such person to the tuberculosis treatment center. No law enforcement
authority or medical personnel shall be held criminally or civilly liable as a result of an act or omission carried out in
good faith in reliance on said order."
Vaccinate or isolate
Whenever the commissioner or a public-health authority decides it is necessary to prevent a serious danger to the public health,
they are authorized:
(1) to vaccinate or provide precautionary prophylaxis (preventative procedure) to individuals as protection against
communicable disease and to prevent the spread of communicable or possible communicable disease, provided that any vaccine
to be administered must not be such as is reasonably likely to lead to serious harm to the affected individual; and
(2) to treat individuals exposed to or infected with disease, provided that treatment must not be such as is reasonably
likely to lead to serious harm to the affected individual. An individual who is unable or unwilling to submit
to vaccination or treatment shall not be required to submit to such procedures but may be isolated or quarantined
… if his or her refusal poses a serious danger to public health or results in uncertainty whether he or she has been
exposed to or is infected with a disease or condition that poses a serious danger to public health, as determined by the commissioner,
or a local public health authority operating within its jurisdiction. (emphasis added)
Under such circumstances, authorities are also allowed to decontaminate individuals and perform physical examinations,
tests and specimen collection to determine whether "an individual presents a risk to public health." If a citizen refuses,
he or she may be isolated, quarantined and/or detained "for as long as may be reasonably necessary," the bill states.
Law enforcement authorities are authorized to "arrest without warrant any person whom the officer
has probable cause to believe has violated an order for isolation or quarantine and shall use reasonable diligence to enforce
such order. Any person who knowingly violates an order for isolation or quarantine shall be punished by imprisonment
of not more than 30 days and may be subject to a civil fine of not more than $1,000 per day that
the violation continues." (emphasis added)Other state quarantine orders
Iowa's Facility Quarantine Order
As WND reported, a blank document from the Iowa Department of Public Health has been discovered online, designed to be filled in with the
name of an H1N1 virus victim who is required to relocate from his or her home to a quarantine facility.
The form, which began appearing Aug 31 in e-mails and on the Internet, has concerned a confused public already swimming
in conflicting reports about the severity of the swine flu and intrusive government measures that many fear may be taken if
the disease becomes a pandemic.
The Iowa document, which WND confirmed with state officials is authentic, has done little to calm the public's fears.
"The Iowa Department of Public Health has determined that you have had contact with a person with Novel Influenza A H1N1,"
the form reads. "The Department has determined that it is necessary to quarantine your movement to a specific facility to
prevent further spread of this disease.
"The Department has determined that quarantine in your home and other less restrictive alternatives are not acceptable,"
the document continues, before listing mandatory provisions of compliance with relocation to a quarantine facility.
According to the CDC, the following states have implemented legal actions in response to the H1N1 virus:
North Carolina – The North Carolina Department of Health and Human Services
released a draft isolation order that would provide for imprisonment for up to two years and pretrial detention without bail for any citizen who fails to
comply with an isolation order.
Washington – Washington grants authority to local health officers to
issue emergency detention orders causing citizens to be immediately and involuntarily isolated or quarantined for up to 10 days.
In addition, governors and health commissioners in the following states have declared a state of emergency since April
following concerns about the H1N1 virus: California, Florida, Iowa, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Nebraska, New York, Ohio,
Texas, Virginia and Wisconsin.
Next step: Mandatory swine flu vaccines?
H1N1 (photo: CDC)
According to the White House, "Since the novel 2009-H1N1 flu virus emerged in the United States during the third week of
April, the president has received regular briefings and asked his Cabinet to spare no effort in addressing this national security
challenge."
The White House also lists as a priority, "Preparing for a voluntary, but strongly recommended, H1N1 flu shot program to
be available to all Americans that wish to participate over a period of time."
Fischer said, "Public health doctors have persuaded legislators to pass pandemic influenza legislation that will allow
state officials to enter homes and businesses without the consent of occupants, to investigate and quarantine individuals without their consent, to require licensed health-care
providers to give citizens vaccines and to ban the free assembly of citizens in the state."
She said World Health Organization doctors "immediately went into high gear" within days of identifying the new swine flu
virus emerging out of Mexico and declared a public-health emergency. Now, Fischer says, the CDC is taking the opportunity
to exercise unprecedented power.
"Whenever the CDC now declares a public-health emergency, that declaration allows the Food and
Drug Administration to permit emergency-use authorization for drug companies to fast-track creation of experimental drugs and vaccines that do not have to be tested as thoroughly as vaccines that go
through the normal FDA-licensing process.
"In this case, Congress responded to the public health emergency declaration by giving a group
of drug companies $1 billion to fast-track experimental swine flu vaccines that may include whole, live or killed, or genetically engineered
human and animal viruses, chemicals and potentially reactive oil-based adjuvants that manipulate the immune system to boost
the vaccine's potency. People who already have sensitive immune systems, such as those with allergy and autoimmune disorders,
may be at special risk."
Furthermore, Fischer said 80 percent of all flu-like illness in a normal flu season is not caused by type A and B strains
of influenza contained in annual flu shots.
While Fischer argues that citizens should be given the opportunity to voluntarily submit to flu vaccinations, she said,
"Vaccine-acquired immunity is temporary while immunity gained after recovering from influenza is longer lasting."
She said people born before 1957 may be naturally protected and at lower risk of being infected because they have long-lasting
antibodies working against the virus and helping them resist infection.
"Will health officials allow our children and grandchildren to get the same kind of natural, longer-lasting protective
antibodies to type A and B influenza, including the new swine flu?" she asked. "It looks like few choices will be allowed."
Cure more deadly than disease?
Although White House science advisers have warned that up to 90,000 Americans might die from H1N1 during the coming flu season,
the head of the CDC responded by telling the public to ignore such a high mortality estimate, saying the current H1N1 couldn't
kill that many people without mutating.
Use of a similar swine flu vaccine in the United States in 1976 resulted in 25 people suffering from severe paralysis and dying from respiratory failure after being injected with the vaccine – more than the number of lives claimed from
the virus itself.
Additionally, the vaccine is said to contain thimerosal, a preservative ingredient composed of mercury that has been linked
to autism in young children.
The FDA states, "Thimerosal has been removed from or reduced to trace amounts in all vaccines routinely recommended for children 6 years
of age and younger, with the exception of inactivated influenza vaccine."
Thimerosal has also been linked to Guillain-Barre syndrome, or GBS – a serious disorder that occurs when the body's immune system mistakenly attacks the nervous system and may
result in death.
In 1976, health officials found nearly 500 cases of GBS, and the vaccine was withdrawn 10 weeks after the link with GBS
was suspected. Following the 1976 vaccination against swine flu in the U.S., a retrospective study found a likely eight-fold
increase in the incidence of GBS.
Now that the nation is preparing for another round of H1N1 flu shots, the Oregonian reported that the federal government
is urging neurologists to keep a close watch for new cases of GBS.
In a study conducted at the University of Hong Kong, the British Medical Journal reported that less than half of 8,500
doctors and nurses in public hospitals will accept vaccination against the swine flu – even following increases in the
World Health Organization's pandemic alert level.
The study revealed, "The major barriers identified were fear of side effects and doubts about efficacy."
According to the following report by Russia Today, investigative journalist Wayne Madsen revealed that even scientists
who helped develop a vaccine for small pox are saying they will not take the vaccine and urging friends and family to refrain
from taking the injection as well:
Nonetheless, federal authorities are preparing to launch a nationwide campaign to convince Americans to get the swine flu
vaccine, the San Francisco Chronicle reported. Government officials have expressed concern that public demand for immunization
will not be high enough.
"Many parents (in focus groups) expressed a lot of concerns about 2009 H1N1 vaccine. Those concerns were centered around
the fact that it was new and it was being developed quickly," said Kris Sheedy, a communications director with the National
Center for Immunization and Respiratory Diseases. "There were comments such as 'this is new and I don't want my child to be
a guinea pig.'"
According to the San Francisco Chronicle, the government will spend "about $16 million on outreach to convince people of
the need to get the swine flu vaccine."
As WND reported, alarmist language over possible outbreaks of swine flu as well as a series of moves by the federal government are fueling
fears federal agents will soon be forcing citizens to be vaccinated – prompting the Constitution Party to launch a pre-emptive
defense against any such effort.
Fischer warned that Americans must become educated about vaccination, influenza, vaccine risks and public health laws in
their states.
"Every pharmaceutical drug, including vaccines, carries a risk. And those risks are greater for some than others," she
said. "In this time of fear, we can't let that fear take away our freedom to make voluntary health decisions. The human right
to informed consent to medical risk taking gives citizens the power to make sure that the cure is not more dangerous than
the disease."
New Threat Scenarios Drive Cybersecurity Planners to Mull Responses
As lawmakers consider giving the president emergency powers in case of an online attack, many in the field
are offering scenarios for how to define a cybersecurity emergency and how far the government should reach to contain an attack.
As lawmakers consider giving the president emergency powers in case of an online attack, many in the field
are offering scenarios for how to define a cybersecurity emergency and how far the government should reach to contain an attack.
The Cybersecurity Act of 2009, sponsored by Sens. Jay Rockefeller, D-W.Va., and Olympia Snowe, R-Maine, envisions
the president taking emergency control of the Internet, but backers say it's not about a takeover, but about directing a coordinated,
public-private response.
The bill "applies specifically to the national response to a severe attack or natural disaster. This particular
legislative language is based on longstanding statutory authorities for wartime use of communications networks," said Rockefeller
spokeswoman Jessica Tice.
An earlier version of the bill was revised this summer after critics called it unworkable. A newer version
would allow the president to "declare a cybersecurity emergency and order the limitation or shutdown of Internet traffic to
and from any compromised federal government or United States critical infrastructure information system or network."
The newer version replaces some of the language to allow the president to "direct the national response" to
a cybersecurity emergency that the president would declare, said Greg Nojeim, senior counsel for the Center for Democracy
and Technology, a group that wants the Internet to remain open, innovative and free.
That's an improvement over the first draft, he said.
"The original version said that the president would have the power to shut down or limit Internet traffic
in an emergency to a critical infrastructure. That language is actually dropped," Nojeim told FOX News.
But the bill is unclear about how broad the president's power is. And what's more troubling to some is the
application of emergency responses used in other situations to an area that has never faced that kind of security test.
"If we were talking about the airports, well ... the military can go and take over the airports," said Larry
Clinton, president of the Internet Security Alliance, which works on infrastructure security. "You can't go and take over
the Internet. In order to secure the Internet, the government needs to work with the private sector that owns, operates and,
in fact, creates 90 percent of this. So we need a collaborative process, not a government central command-and-control process."
Clinton said the Internet is no longer merely about telecommunications. Commerce on the World Wide Web equals
trillions of dollars a day. Electric grids and national defense systems are all tied in online, he said.
"Virtually everything now is wired through the Internet ... so we need a comprehensive system that will continually
keep up with the threats," Clinton said.
Dale Meyerrose, former chief information officer and associate director of national intelligence, said caution
needs to be applied because current planning applies familiar terms with unfamiliar scenarios.
"It could even be a panic if you think about it," Meyerrose said. "A story catches hold, there's an attribution
that says that country x has infiltrated something and nobody can take anything out of an ATM, or your power is going to go
off or your water is going to turn off or whatever. And then a panic ensues. Those are the kinds of things (to consider) when
you're talking about cyber 911s or cyber Pearl Harbors, in my view."
Meyerrose said laws are in place already for a situation like the one eight years ago, when the United States
was attacked and President Bush ordered all aircraft grounded until further notice. But those aren't easily applicable to
cyberspace.
"There are already provisions I believe -- and most of the folks in the business and the government believe
-- that give the powers to the president that allow to effectively do what needs to be done in times of national emergency,"
Meyerrose said.
"I would be troubled if the president didn't have some sort of emergency powers" for the Internet, he added.
"The real ambiguity is, what's the trip wire for making it a national emergency?"
The Russians may have offered some clue to that scenario last summer when they accompanied their military
attack on Georgia with cyber warfare. As Russian tanks rolled into the Caucasus nation, a silent and perhaps more damaging
attack was being waged on the Internet to cripple the Georgian government's ability to communicate respond effectively.
It is this type of 21st century attack that has cybersecurity analysts demanding the government clarify the
lines of authority.
"One wouldn't apply the same standards to the computer that runs the electric power grid or a nuclear power
plant to the computer that is used by an individual user. This one-size-fits-all approach is doomed to fail. It's doomed to
over-regulate the free speech-bearing part of the Internet that we all use and count on," said Nojeim.
Nojeim said the Senate bill under consideration provides for the government to certify cybersecurity professionals
who would manage sensitive information systems that are part of the critical infrastructure but "a better approach" may be
not only to educate people and provide training and scholarships in the field of cybersecurity, but also to use the government's
procurement power to acquire better-secured information systems
"The federal government needs to get its own cybersecurity house in order before it starts to tell the private
sector what it ought to be doing," Nojeim said. "Many agencies of the federal government get failing grades for their cyber
security measures. ... The government could lead in these ways without imposing this kind of heavy mandate."
Clinton said the key is to have well-defined roles in the public and private sectors and a layout for who
can do what in an emergency situation. He added that it's crucial to harness the market and make it cost-effective to secure
the Web.
"All the economic incentives now are in favor of the attackers. It's easy, it's comparatively easy to do an
attack, there's lots of places you can attack, the benefits can be huge whereas security can be very expensive, you have to
secure everything and what we have at risk, not only our personal identities but also our intellectual property and our national
secrets, it's tremendous."
FOX News' Catherine Herridge contributed to this report.
Congress eyes biometric authentication for job eligibility
Jaikumar Vijayan IDG News Service
In a move likely to worry opponents of a national ID card, some lawmakers in Congress
are proposing that biometrics be used to authenticate the identity of anyone seeking a job in the U.S.
In a move likely to heighten concerns among opponents of a national ID card, some lawmakers are proposing that biometrics
be used to authenticate the identity of anyone seeking a job in the U.S.
At a hearing by the Senate Judiciary Committee's Subcommittee on Immigration, Border Security and Citizenship, lawmakers
from both parties expressed broad support Tuesday for strengthening the E-Verify online employment eligibility verification program with biometrics.
The chairman of the subcommittee, Sen. Charles Schumer, (D-N.Y.), said that E-Verify only checks whether the name, date
of birth, citizenship status and other details provided by a job applicant match those in official records from the Social
Security Administration and the IRS. The process does little to stop identity thieves and those using identity credentials
fraudulently from working illegally in the U.S.
"It is not difficult for illegal workers to scam the system," because there's no reliable way check identities, he said.
What is needed is a "tough, fair and effective employment verification system" that relies on the use of a "non-forgeable"
biometric identifier, such as fingerprints or palm prints and digital photos, to authenticate the identities of job seekers,
he said. Only with such a system is it possible for employers to reliably check the eligibility of new hires, he said.
Schumer's sentiments were echoed by Sen. John Cornyn, (R-Texas), who also backed the use of "secure, tamper proof" ID cards
for employment eligibility verification. Cornyn called the E-Verify system "broken" and said the system needs better direction,
legal authority and resources.
Rep. Luis Gutierrez, (D-Ill.), urged Congress to ignore "naysayers" opposed to biometric authentication. With adequate
security, privacy protections and care, a biometric-based employment verification system is the "only hope" for dealing with
illegal employment, he said.
While the lawmakers stressed the need for adequate checks and balances -- and a close eye on costs -- the proposals are
sure to add fuel to the already a contentious debate over the use of E-Verify.
That program, run jointly by the Department of Homeland Security's Citizen and Immigration Services unit and the Social
Security Administration (SSA), is a free Internet-based system that lets employers compare job application information against
DHS and SSA data. Starting Sept. 8, federal contracts will be awarded only to employers that use the online E-Verify system
to make sure new workers are legally allowed to work in the U.S.
According to the DHS, the SSA database holds some 425 million records, while the DHS immigration databases hold more than 60 million. In most
cases, employers get search results in seconds. The system has processed a total of 6 million employee verification requests
since last October.
While supporters of the system say it is sorely needed to weed out undocumented workers, critics argue that the program
is unreliable. Critics have contended that some information stored in the SSA and DHS databases is flawed or outdated and
hasn't been updated for years. They also contend that people could be deemed ineligible to work in the U.S. due to common
misspellings or because of name changes, and note that those with flawed data have little recourse to challenge inaccurate
results.
FEMA camps: Not just for April fools anymore
In January, 2006, it was revealed that Halliburton subsidiary KBR had received a $385 million contract to
build detention facilities "for an emergency influx of immigrants."
KBR stated at the time that it was a "contingency contract" and that it "was conceivable" that no such facilities would
actually be built.
Since that time there has been a lot of conjecture but little in the way of proof that construction of "FEMA camps" had
begun.
But, on March 28, 2009, the satellite image at right of the "Swift Luck Greens" facility in central Wyoming was "accidentally"
made available by the Department of Homeland Security and pulled down within an hour. Several other images are also available
and can be found with a simple Google search.
There have been a lot of stories over the years and even photos of detention facilities and special train cars for transporting
dissidents. We have generally avoided them because, even if true, they only revealed the government’s "endgame strategies"
and we were not yet in the endgame. But things are different now. Things are moving quickly and the fact that this facility
exists is an indication that others exist and Americans need to know that "they" are moving us into "check."
LIFE WITH BIG BROTHER Why is National Guard recruiting for 'internment'
cops? Ad campaign seeks workers at 'civilian resettlement facility' Posted: August 07, 2009 11:45 pm Eastern
An ad campaign featured on a U.S. Army website seeking those who would be interested in
being an "Internment/Resettlement" specialist is raising alarms across the country, generating concerns that there is some
truth in those theories about domestic detention camps, a roundup of dissidents and a crackdown on "threatening" conservatives.
The ads, at the GoArmy.com website as well as others including Monster.com, cite the need for:
"Internment/Resettlement (I/R) Specialists in the Army are primarily
responsible for day-to-day operations in a military confinement/correctional facility or detention/internment
facility. I/R Specialists provide rehabilitative, health, welfare, and security to U.S. military prisoners within a confinement
or correctional facility; conduct inspections; prepare written reports; and coordinate activities of prisoners/internees and
staff personnel.
The campaign follows by only weeks a report from the U.S. Department of Homeland Security warning about "right-wing
extremists" who could pose a danger to the country – including those who support third-party political candidates, oppose
abortion and would prefer to have the U.S. immigration laws already on the books enforced.
Let's look at some of the evidence we have of the U.S. government's
intentions to establish the infrastructure that could be used to house large numbers of political dissidents, so-called terrorists
and other individuals the U.S. government wants locked up.
HR 645 the National Emergency Centers Establishment Act
is a proposed bill in the U.S. House of Representatives that would authorize FEMA to build no less than six National Emergency
Centers throughout the U.S. on closed or open military facilities. These facilities are to be designed to house large numbers
of people. Why would emergency centers need to be built on closed or open military facilities unless there was a need to keep
people from coming in and out of them?
KBR was granted a government contract a few years ago to build facilities to
house illegal immigrants. Now with illegal immigration becoming less of a problem with the U.S. economy in the toilet, these
facilities can now be used for other purposes.
"This is just another step in the U.S. government's long term plan to
build the infrastructure that could be used to contain wide spread popular revolt. Combine this with the swine flu fear mongering
and the potential for a mass swine flu vaccination operation and it is easy to see what might happen. Refuse to take their
poisonous vaccine and you might risk being locked up as being a hazard to public safety. With the economy in the toilet and
more and more people not trusting either political party or the corporate media, the 'powers that be' realize that they need
to continue building their martial law apparatus. These Army National Guard job listings are just another piece to that puzzle
proving what we already know is being built," the editorial claimed.
At the Examiner, a commentator wrote, "Correctional/internment facilities? I have to admit
that the U.S. government is good at one thing: creating fluffy names for evil acts. During WW2, of course, the U.S. didn't
have concentration camps, we had 'relocation centers' for hundreds of thousands of innocent Japanese citizens."
The jobs also were listed at Jobsearch.money.cnn.com, employmentguide.com
and freedomsphoenix.com.
Richard Thompson, president of the Thomas More Law Center, has told WND that as part of his organization's research for its lawsuit
over the DHS "extremism" report, it has discovered additional information that it is withholding now but will include in a
pending amended complaint.
Thompson said one of the things that sparked the organization's curiosity
was a reference by DHS Secretary Janet Napolitano in the original report to not only government resources but also non-governmental
resources.
Thompson said the information he has "creates even more concern that the
Department of Homeland Security (DHS) is unconstitutionally targeting Americans merely because of their conservative beliefs."
The earlier DHS report was "Rightwing Extremism: Current Economic and
Political Climate Fueling Resurgence in Radicalization and Recruitment." WND has posted the report online for readers to see.
The report linked returning veterans with the possibility of terrorism,
and when it was released it created such a furor for Napolitano she has given several explanations for it, including that
she would have reworded the report and that it was issued by a rogue employee.
She later apologized to veterans for having linked them to terror.
But Thompson noted that the report also targeted as "potential terrorists"
Americans who:
Oppose abortion
Oppose same-sex marriage
Oppose restrictions on firearms
Oppose lax immigration laws
Oppose the policies of President Obama regarding immigration, citizenship,
and the expansion of social programs
Oppose continuation of free trade agreements
Are suspect of foreign regimes
Fear Communist regimes
Oppose a "one world" government
Bemoan the decline of U.S. stature in the world
Are upset with loss of U.S. manufacturing jobs to China and India, and
more
Thompson told WND no apology has been offered to the members of any of
those classes of citizens.
Thompson said the original "extremism" report was "the tip of the iceberg.
… Conservative Americans should be very outraged."
The Thomas More Law Center filed its lawsuit against Napolitano and the
DHS on behalf of nationally syndicated conservative radio talk show host Michael Savage, Gregg Cunningham of the pro-life
organization Center for Bio-Ethical Reform Inc. and Iraqi War Marine veteran Kevin Murray.
It alleges the federal agency violated the First and Fifth Amendment constitutional
rights of the three plaintiffs by targeting them for disfavored treatment and chilling their free speech, expressive association,
and equal protection rights. The lawsuit further claims that DHS encouraged law enforcement officers throughout the nation
to target and report citizens to federal officials as suspicious rightwing extremists and potential terrorists because of
their political beliefs.
The World Health Organization determined in 2005 it has the authority to dissolve sovereign governments and take control
should there be a “pandemic”. This applies to any country signed onto WHO….which of course we are. The WHO
just raised this non-existent pandemic to level 4.
From the WHO 2005 declaration: (excerpted) “ Under special pandemic plans enacted around the world including the
USA, in 2005, national governments are to be dissolved in the event of a pandemic emergency and replaced by special crisis
committees, which take charge of the health and security infrastructure of a country, and which are answerable to the WHO
and EU in Europe and to the WHO and UN in North America.
If the Model Emergency Health Powers Act is implemented on the instructions of WHI, it will be a criminal offence for Americans
to refuse the vaccine. Police are allowed to use deadly force against “criminal” suspects. Here are ten key points
associated with MSEHPA:
Under the Model State Emergency Health Powers Act, upon the declaration of a “public health emergency,” governors
and public health officials would be empowered to:
Force individuals suspected of harboring an “infectious disease” to undergo medical examinations.
Track and share an individual’s personal health information, including genetic information.
Force persons to be vaccinated, treated, or quarantined for infectious diseases.
Mandate that all health care providers report all cases of persons who harbor any illness or health condition that may
be caused by an epidemic or an infectious agent and might pose a “substantial risk” to a “significant number
of people or cause a long-term disability.” (Note: Neither “substantial risk” nor “significant number”
are defined in the draft.)
Force pharmacists to report any unusual or any increased prescription rates that may be caused by epidemic diseases.
Preempt existing state laws, rules and regulations, including those relating to privacy, medical licensure, and–this
is key–property rights.
Control public and private property during a public health emergency, including pharmaceutical manufacturing plants, nursing
homes, other health care facilities, and communications devices.
Mobilize all or any part of the “organized militia into service to the state to help enforce the state’s orders.”
Ration firearms, explosives, food, fuel and alcoholic beverages, among other commodities.
Impose fines and penalties to enforce their orders.
So there you have it. You are now officially to be declared a criminal if you refuse the vaccine and deadly force can be
used against you if you resist. And to think, not only did our federal government agree to this abomination, it was also successful
in getting the same laws passed in most states. I will be revisiting this list of powers in a subsequent article as it relates
to the coming “healthcare reform”, and other odious pieces of legislation being devised.
This gives me pause to consider this: Could the so-called healthcare reform that the government claims must be done right
away, right now, quickly, immediately….no time to waste be tied somehow to this WHO declaration? Hmmmm. I smell a really
big rat!
Those pesky FEMA drills…part of a plan?
I am wary of this FEMA drill that is taking place not only for the obvious reasons….but its close proximity to the
planned forced vaccinations scheduled to be mandated early this fall. Our own government has expressed its intent to forcibly
vaccinate school children as a starter. By all means…..target the most vulnerable first. (Take that any way you like.)
On MSM last evening it was reported that young people between the ages of 19 and 24 are for some reason most susceptible
to this lab created virus. I find this curious as this segment of the population is generally the healthiest. Since the “swine”
flu has been so thoroughly exposed as lab created they are now just simply calling it the N1 whatever flu. Apparently this
first test run of what was supposed to be a global pandemic couldn’t get off the ground: it didn’t spread as was
hoped. Of course the same thing happened with SARS and the Bird Flu…..Those didn’t work so now we get the “Swine
Flu”, or the N1 Whatever Flu”. Strange how all these flu’s showed up after they dug up bodies from mass
graves to see if they really did die from the flu epidemic in 1918. The new and improved version of this virus is now what
we are calling N1 Whatever Flu.
Here’s what I believe is about to happen:
A created strain of flu is going to be set loose in selected areas to begin with. As I believe thousands are going
to fall ill simultaneously it will be the fear factor needed to bring thousands more in for what they believe is a vaccine
that will save them. Those that want to self-quarantine, or who simply refuse the vaccines, will either be incarcerated
in FEMA camps or otherwise disposed. The vaccines which have not been tested for safety or effectiveness can and will
cause harm to many of those receiving the shots, but will be off limits to lawsuits for harm caused. This will force thousands
more in for the vaccinations, out of fear, which are loaded with toxins and pathogens seeking to save themselves from forced
incarceration or worse. At some point in this, we will find out that the foreign troops who supposedly only participated in
a mock drill, are not only still here on our soil, but their numbers have multiplied.
Martial law will be declared using the unilateral authority granted the president under the John Warner Defense Authorization
Act of 2007, which allows the president to declare an emergency “even if he is the only person to perceive one”.
Foreign troops lack the natural inhibition our own military has about firing on US citizens…that’s why they are
here. I do not believe this is a mock drill. I think it is actually the planned strategic placement of foreign troops within
the US for an anticipated and planned event.
The vented three story rail cars which are claimed to be nothing more than haulers for large SUV type vehicles would
come in really handy here. Foreign troops and military equipment could be moved further into the country and put in place
without anyone ever knowing they were there until they were needed. Besides, I don’t know of any car haulers that need
that much targeted ventilation: humans on the other just might.
I feel that there will be several catastrophic events from about mid-August to the end of October and maybe into November
somewhat. At the end of this period, after the American public has been frightened to death, everything will begin coalescing
and will culminate at the end of the year.
In the interim: will we see the deaths of thousands upon thousands of American’s and other peoples around the world,
if not millions?
I was curious as to why the WHO would move this flu into a pandemic (phase 4) category when there was no evidence
that it was pandemic.
(Two weeks ago, WHO advised nations to stop testing for H1N1 and instead to report trends of flu like symptoms.) H1N1 has been very mild, according to the WHO:
“This pandemic has been characterized, to date, by the mildness of symptoms in the overwhelming
majority of patients, who usually recover, even without medical treatment, within a week of the onset of symptoms.”
Then came the predictions from our government that the “flu” would probably become much worse this fall. This
indicates to me that a new and more virulent strain has been developed and is set to be turned loose. I base this on the evidence
that the flu was lab created and would not have occurred naturally combining four unrelated dna strains……the statements
by the CDC that they had a vaccine within three weeks of the “outbreak”…..knowing that seed stock for vaccines
takes at least 12 weeks to develop and several more weeks to mass produce……and the orders during the last year
of the Bush Crime Administration for Tamiflu which supposedly is the cure or prevention for a flu which didn’t exist
at the time, at least not publicly. (C) 2009 Marti Oakley July 30, 2009
The Pentagon has approached Congress to grant the Secretary of Defense the authority to post almost 400,000 military personnel
throughout the United States in times of emergency or a major disaster.
This request has already occasioned a dispute with the nation’s governors. And it raises the prospect of U.S. military
personnel patrolling the streets of the United States, in conflict with the Posse Comitatus Act of 1878.
In June, the U.S. Northern Command distributed a “Congressional Fact Sheet” entitled “Legislative Proposal
for Activation of Federal Reserve Forces for Disasters.” That proposal would amend current law, thereby “authorizing
the Secretary of Defense to order any unit or member of the Army Reserve, Air Force Reserve, Navy Reserve, and the Marine
Corps Reserve, to active duty for a major disaster or emergency.”
Taken together, these reserve units would amount to “more than 379,000 military personnel in thousands of communities
across the United States,” explained
Paul Stockton, Assistant Secretary of Defense for Homeland Defense and America’s Security Affairs, in a letter to
the National Governors Association, dated July 20.
A street preacher is at the centre of a row over freedom of speech after police threatened to arrest him for reading
the Bible in public.
By Andrew Alderson, Chief Reporter Published: 9:00PM BST 15 Aug 2009
Street preacher a\ccused of inciting religious and racial
hatredPhoto: GETTY
Lawyers acting for Miguel Hayworth, 29, have demanded an explanation over the alleged intimidation and abuse of power by
three officers.
Andrea Minichiello Williams, the director of the Christian Legal Centre, has written to Peter Fahy, the Chief Constable
of Greater Manchester, over the incident.
She claims that Mr Hayworth and his father, John, 55, were unlawfully and unfairly treated as they preached
Christianity in the city at the end of July.
"They were clearly told that reading the Bible and preaching can be offensive and that they could be arrested," she wrote.
"Furthermore, they were subjected to abuse and intimidation. They were told that they were being monitored and filmed,"
she wrote.
Critics claimed that a Muslim preaching his religion in the street would not have been treated in such a way by police.
Mr Hayworth, a voluntary worker who is married with two children, has been a street preacher in the Manchester area for
five years and he is often accompanied by his father.
He said that he and his father had decided to preach from 11am at St Ann's Square in Manchester instead of their usual
place on nearby Market Street.
He was reading passages from the Old and New Testaments while his father distributed leaflets containing the message of
the gospel.
"At 2pm, I was approached on more than one occasion by several police officers who falsely accused me, stating that I was
inciting hatred with homophobic and racial comments," he said.
"One plain-clothed officer, who was with the other two uniformed officers, said: 'It is against the law to preach and hand
out tracts: preaching causes offence and handing out tracts is harassment and could result in an arrest.'"
Mr Hayworth said that at about 2.30pm a second officer confirmed that his colleague had accused the preacher of inciting
religious and racial hatred and wanted to warn him that this was an arrestable offence.
The second officer, Mr Hayworth claimed, also warned him his actions were being videoed and recorded, and he stopped preaching.
Some passages in the Bible are regarded as homophobic. For example, sections read out by Mr Hayworth in St Ann's Square
included Romans Chapter 1 Verse 27, from the King James Bible, which says: "And likewise also the men, leaving the natural
use of the woman, burned in their lust one toward another; men with men working that which is unseemly..."
He also read from 1 Corinthians Chapter 6, Verse 9: "Know ye not that the unrighteous shall not inherit the kingdom of
God? Be not deceived: neither fornicators, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor effeminate, nor abusers of themselves with mankind."
Mr Hayworth says he cannot understand how the racism complaint arose. Shortly after being confronted by the police, he
stopped reading from the Bible.
He and his father later approached the Christian Legal Centre, which seeks to promote religious freedom and, particularly,
to protect Christians and Christianity.
The centre, in turn, has instructed Paul Diamond, the leading religious rights barrister.
SunJournal: National Guard drill at high school in preparation for swine flu riots
The International Swine Flu Conference is being held in Washington D.C. next week, just two weeks after the conference on weight control that I wrote about last week. Here’s a summary of it:
Top leaders and key decision-makers of major companies representing a broad range of industries will meet with distinguished
scientists, public health officials, law enforcers, first responders, and other experts to discuss pandemic prevention, preparedness,
response and recovery at the 1st International Swine Flu Summit.
Read the agenda for the breakout sessions, especially the session on “psychological issues” (Session #2) and
the topic heading: “Unwillingness to follow government orders.” Also note session #6,
which includes “Control and diffuse social unrest & public disorder” and “Isolate prisons and other
facilities.”
People in 8 U.S. Cities Line Up to Test Experimental H1N1 Vaccine
Tuesday, August 11, 2009
ST. LOUIS — Hundreds of Americans
in eight cities are lining up for experimental swine flu shots in a race to get a vaccine out in case the new flu virus regains
strength this fall and winter.
Sharon Frey, who is leading the government-funded testing at Saint Louis University, said
scientists have been working late nights and weekends to organize the studies and recruit volunteers.
"Typically it takes a year to do this," said Frey, an infectious diseases expert. "I can tell you we're working at breakneck speed."
About 2,800 people will participate in the government-led studies. Saint Louis University
will test 200 adults and 200 children. Also under way are separate studies by five flu vaccine manufacturers under contract with the government.
Health officials expect to have about 160 million doses available this fall, with the
first batch sometime in September. The studies will test the safety and effectiveness of vaccines developed by drug makers
and help determine dosage and whether it can be given with a seasonal flu shot.
Participants will be given different combinations of two swine flu vaccines made by drug makers Sanofi Pasteur and CSL Limited and a seasonal flu vaccine.
Frey said the data will be turned around quickly for review by
the Food and Drug Administration.
It's possible the government will begin a public vaccination campaign before all of the
work of the trials is complete, Dr. Anne Schuchat has said. She oversees the flu vaccination programs at the Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention.
Health officials are haunted by the swine flu vaccine campaign in 1976, which was stopped
after unexpectedly high numbers of patients suffered a paralyzing condition called Guillain-Barre Syndrome. While it's not
clear the vaccine was to blame, the government wants to carefully monitor people who get the new vaccine for any problems.
Nicholas Sarakas, 25, of St. Peters, Mo., is among the vaccine volunteers. As a young
adult, he's among the groups targeted for the swine flu vaccine; swine flu has been harder on younger people than their elders.
"I thought, 'I'll end up getting a flu shot anyway,'" he said. "Somebody has to be the first person to try it."
The other study sites are Baylor College of Medicine in Texas, Children's Hospital Medical
Center in Cincinnati, Emory University, Group Health Cooperative in Seattle, University of Iowa, University of Maryland School of Medicine and Vanderbilt University.
The arm of the U.S. government that’s responsible for knocking off threats to the country gets
together in Phoenix this week to talk about topics such as natural resources and sustainability.
Glen Creno The Arizona Republic August 9, 2009
The Department of Defense holds a get-together every two years called Sustaining Military Readiness
Conference. The Pentagon uses the sessions to try to forge partnerships with people, organizations and governments that neighbor
military installations.
The idea: Military readiness depends as much on its ability to train its troops and effectively run
its bases as it does on the number of troops and the amount of hardware.
Times: North Korea threatens nuclear strike over joint military exercises
TG: Only a third of nurses willing to have swine flu vaccine: poll
Frontline health and social care workers will be among the first to be vaccinated in October along with people with
serious underlying health problems and pregnant women. However a survey by Nursing Times has found many frontline nurses have
reservations. Only one in three said they are prepared to have the H1N1 vaccine with a third undecided and the rest saying
no. Almost 1,500 nurses were polled, of whom 91 per cent said they were frontline. It comes after news that parents are also
concerned about the vaccine, with worries predominantly...
Buchanan argued that under a North American Union, "All citizens of Mexico and Canada will by legal right be able to move
to the United States, causing a massive wave of immigration which will further bankrupt our nation. Yet such a policy would
also devastate our friends in Mexico, for they would suffer even greater loss of the manpower, finances and intellectual capital
needed to make Mexico's strong and prosperous.
"The members and supporters of The American Cause hereby call on President Obama to renounce at the North American Leaders
Summit in Guadalajara the failed and destructive Bush policy of moving the United States, Mexico and Canada towards any sort
of union or integration. The sovereignty of the United States is to be preserved, protected and defended at all times; and
never ever be thrown on the chopping block as a point of negotiation with foreign leaders."
TVNZ: Greece orders mandatory swine flu vaccination for entire population
Abill introduced on Jan. 22of this year “to direct the Secretary of Homeland Security to establish
national emergency centers on military installations,” as the text of HR 645 actually states as its central purpose,
could conceivably be geared toward creating what many Americans have feared in recent years—detention centers, or concentration
camps, on American soil.
These fears are
more acute these days due to the imploding economy, swine flu scares and other fear factors—real, imagined or concocted—that
could lead to food runs, bank runs, and other signs of civil unrest that may spark a government crackdown.
FILMMAKER DISCUSSES FEMA CAMPS IN US
ARTICLE CONTINUES BELOW
Thus, AMERICAN
FREE PRESS, in dealing with an issue that includes speculation and unverified sightings of these detention facilities, takes
a cautious approach to monitor this issue. AFP obtained a copy of HR 645 and determined that the bill had just two cosponsors
as of July 13. On Feb. 6 it was referred to the House Subcommittee on Terrorism, Unconventional Threats and Capabilities.
It apparently has not moved.
So, the bill’s
status regarding potential passage appears to be nearly “dead in the water,” but there is much more to this subject
than HR 645, whose sponsor is U.S. Rep. Alcee Hastings, a Florida Democrat whose career has been mired in controversy and
wrongdoing.Regardless of its status, the bill’s text reads like it’s mainly about emergency
recovery for first responders, various other local, state and federal personnel and the general public—although the
Defense and Homeland Security secretaries, not just emergency management agencies, are directly involved in decisionmaking.
The bill calls for “not fewer than six national emergency centers on military installations,” which would be located
in designated Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) regions. The bill specifies “a preference for designation of
closed military installations.”
There
are many of these since a special panel, the Base Realignment and Closure Commission, began to close bases when the “ColdWar”
with the USSR
ended.
The bill also states
it would provide for creating facilities “capable of hosting the infrastructure necessary to rapidly adjust to temporary
housing, medical and humanitarian assistance needs. . . .”
But whenever closed
military installations are not available, the bill’s wording says that the secretaries of Defense and Homeland Security
“shall jointly designate portions of existing military installations . . . as national emergency centers.”
Notably, the use
of former military bases, or parts of operational ones, is what many observers say is apparent when they venture out to view
U.S. detention facilities that reportedly
have already been built, HR 645 notwithstanding. Martial law could be right around the corner, some fear, pointing to 15 executive
orders that—if ever implemented—would give the federal government control over all communications, food, transportation
and almost everything else imaginable.Thus, the big picture regarding this issue is disturbing, but also
is unclear. A lengthy list of about 800 alleged detention centers/concentration camps has circulated on the Internet for several
years. AFP west coast correspondent Anthony Hilder, an author and filmmaker, said in March 2009 (see AFP news video posted
at American-FreePress.net) that a Russian-made film, Concentration Camps in America, claims to have solid proof that
such camps are a reality and are sitting empty, awaiting some sort of major civil breakdown—be it another terrorist
attack or mass influx of illegal aliens—that would justify a limited or full-scale use of such facilities, many of which
are said to have guard towers, barbwire, various barracks and other menacing surroundings.
Hilder himself
said that, of the places on the list, perhaps 40 percent are actual camps, in his estimation.
In the Midwest,
for example, the list of camps includes everything from a former hospital across from the Crown Point, Indiana county jail—the
hospital is reportedly 80 percent vacant and is thought to be a Federal EmergencyManagementAgency holding facility—to
the highly scrutinized former Amtrak repair facility in Marion County, Indiana near Indianapolis, where the rail lines, the
high razor-wire fencing, the huge vacant buildings, color-coded zones allegedly designed for processing incoming people, helicopter
landing pads and other physical features suggest to observers that this is among the largest detention centers in the continental
United States.
Another large facility
is claimed to be in Alaska at, or near, Elmendorf Air Force Base, near Anchorage, with a capacity of 500,000. The biggest of them all is said to be just outside
of Fairbanks, which is described as having a capacity for
2 million people, with mental health facilities.
AFP will continue
probing this subject while checking out facilities across the nation.
Interestingly,
HR 645’s sponsor, Rep. Hastings, is a former federal judge who is one of only six judges ever to be impeached by the
U.S. Congress—which is no small distinction in a nation where federal impeachment efforts rarely get past first base.
Previously a practicing attorney, Hastings spent 10 years as a federal judge until 1989 but was impeached, convicted and removed
from office for corruption and perjury. “He was the sixth federal judge to be impeached and removed from office in American
history,” hisWikipedia online profile states.The 23rd District Democrat, first elected to the U.S.House in 1992 and never seriously
challenged for his seat since then, was impeached for some early shenanigans that caught up with him. Back in 1981, he was
charged with accepting a $150,000 bribe in exchange for a lenient sentence and the return of seized assets for 21 racketeering
counts against Frank and Thomas Romano. Hastings also was
charged with perjury in his testimony about the case. So in 1988, the Democraticcontrolled House took up the case, and Hastings was impeached for bribery and perjury by a resounding vote
of 413-3. He was then convicted by the Senate in 1989.
Prior to his impeachment,
he was acquitted by the jury in the Romano case after his alleged co-conspirator, William Borders, refused to testify in court
(resulting in a jail sentence for Borders).
EXECUTIVE ORDERS EXPAND POWERS OF FEMA
EXECUTIVE ORDER 12148 created
the Federal Emergency Management Agency that is to interface with the Department of Defense for civil defense planning and
funding.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 12656 appointed
the National Security Council as the principal body that should consider emergency powers. This allows the government to increase
domestic intelligence and surveillance of U.S.citizens and restrict the freedom of movement within the United
States of civilians and grant the government the right to isolate large groups of civilians.
The National Guard could be federalized to seal all borders and take control of U.S.
air space and entry ports.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 10990 allows
the government to take over all transportation.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 10995 allows
the government to seize and control the communication media.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 10997 allows
the government to take over all fuel depots and power plants.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 10998 allows
the government to take over all food resources and farms.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11000 allows
the government to mobilize civilians into federal work brigades.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11001 allows
the government to take over all health, education and welfare functions.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11002 designates
the postmaster general to run a national registration.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11003 allows
the government to take over all airports and aircraft, including ones in the commercial service.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11004 allows
the Housing and Finance Authority to relocate communities, build new housing with public funds, designate areas to be abandoned,
and establish new locations for populations.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11005 allows
the government to take over railroads, waterways and public storage.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11051 specifies
the responsibility of the Office of Emergency Planning and gives authorization to put all Executive Orders into effect in
times of increased international tensions or crises.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11310 grants authority to the Department of Justice to enforce the plans set out in
Executive Orders, to institute industrial support, to establish judicial and legislative liaison, to control all aliens, to
operate penal and correctional institutions, and to advise and assist the President.
Susan Walsh / Associated Press
A guide gives a tour of the Capitol visitors center,
in front of a cross-section of the Capitol dome.
A bill to
etch 'In God We Trust' and the Pledge of Allegiance on the walls gets broad House support. The Freedom From Religion Foundation
calls it an unconstitutional endorsement of religion.
By Richard Simon July
22, 2009
Reporting from Washington -- When a spiffy, $621-million visitors center opened at the U.S. Capitol last
year, a number of lawmakers were taken aback by what they didn't see: the words "In God We Trust."
Doing what members
of Congress do when they're upset, Rep. Dan Lungren (R-Gold River) introduced legislation to get the words, along with the
Pledge of Allegiance, etched into the walls of the complex.
But the effort has drawn a legal challenge from the Freedom From Religion Foundation, which asserts that
such an action would amount to a government endorsement of religion -- in violation of the Constitution. The Wisconsin-based
group describes itself as a national organization of atheists and agnostics.
Rep. J. Randy Forbes (R-Va.), founder
of the Congressional Prayer Caucus, condemned the lawsuit as an effort to "silence our nation's history."
"I'm never
surprised anymore by any lawsuit," said Lungren, a former California attorney general. "I will say that I was surprised that
they would suggest that the national motto or the Pledge of Allegiance is unconstitutional. . . . I think the historical significance
is well established."
It is the latest row over the place of God in federal government.
In 2002, Congress passed and
President George W. Bush signed into law a bill reaffirming references to God in the pledge and the motto after the U.S. 9th
Circuit Court of Appeals found the pledge's "under God" phrase to be in violation of the constitutionally mandated separation
of church and state.
And in 2007, the architect of the Capitol caused a furor when he balked at a teen's request for
a certificate noting his grandfather's "love of God, country and family" to accompany a souvenir flag that had flown over
the building.
Even before the visitors center was finished, lawmakers raised objections to the omission of "In God
We Trust," noting in a letter to the architect of the Capitol: "None of us should want to construct a $621-million shrine
to political correctness that does not accurately reflect a significant part of American history."
Rep. Jo Bonner (R-Ala.)
complained that a replica of the House chamber in the visitors center omitted the motto, even though "In God We Trust" is
inscribed above the speaker's rostrum in the real chamber. The words were added to the replica, but a number of lawmakers
said they should appear more prominently elsewhere in the center.
Lungren introduced a resolution to make that happen,
and all but 10 House members supported it.
Rep. Michael M. Honda (D-San Jose), one of eight lawmakers who voted no
(two others voted "present"), said: "To preference, on federal property, the words of one religion over another subtly serves
to undermine our great nation's religious freedom and diversity and contravene our Constitution's principle of separation
of church and state."
Also voting no was Rep. Pete Stark (D-Fremont), who has said that he does not believe in a supreme
being. "As our nation's founders did, I support separation of church and state," he said.
Clinton Outlines Continuation of Bush Policies Under Obama at CFR
July 17, 2009 by Jeremy R. Hammond
Hillary Clinton gives a speech on the Obama administration's foreign policy at the Council
on Foreign Relations on July 15, 2009
In a speech at the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) on Wednesday, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton outlined the Obama administration’s foreign policy, which
has been widely touted as a sharp break from that of his predecessor’s. Judging from commentary in the media, Obama
has ushered in a new age of diplomacy and international engagement. Clinton herself suggested as much.
But setting aside the platitudes that comprised most of Clinton’s speech and
looking closely at her remarks that actually spoke meaningfully towards U.S. policy under the Obama, a different picture emerges,
one not of a change of course from Bush but rather of near perfect continuity between the two administrations.
Obama’s foreign policy parallels Bush’s. The train may have switched tracks,
but it’s still headed in the same direction.
Take, for starters, the framework Clinton established early on in her speech. “Liberty,
democracy, justice and opportunity underlie our priorities”, she said. “Some accuse us of using these ideals to
justify actions that contradict their very meaning. Others say we are too often condescending and imperialistic, seeking only
to expand our power at the expense of others. And yes, these perceptions have fed anti-Americanism, but they do not reflect
who we are.”
See, U.S. foreign policy doesn’t really contradict enlightened rhetoric
and declarations of benevolent intent from policy makers. The U.S. isn’t really condescending or imperialistic.
It doesn’t really seek only to expand its power at the expense of others. No, these are merely “perceptions”,
and false ones. The obvious corollary is that we musn’t change our policies, only work to correct these warped perceptions
that cause people to unjustly oppose U.S. actions.
It hardly needs to be said that there’s nothing new about that formula.
The multilateralism touted by Obama is different from Bush’s unilateralism, but
only slightly. The difference is that Bush openly declared that if you aren’t with us, you’re against us. Obama’s
team is being more nuanced and diplomatic in talking about building the “architecture of global cooperation”.
But in the end, it’s still about furthering U.S. interests as perceived
by Washington and the corporate oligarchy. Cooperation and multilateralism, as it was under Bush, is fine, so long as it serves
our “interests” as defined by that minority segment of the population. Obama’s strategy is quite different
in terms of rhetoric about diplomacy, but the actual policy goal goals are indistinguishable from previous administrations.
One means by which policy goals are accomplished is through NATO, a matter that
Clinton addressed. She observed that NATO was designed for the Cold War. But rather than becoming obsolete with the end of
the Cold War, even now, two decades later, NATO must instead be restructured “to update its strategic concept so that
it is as effective in this century as it was in the last.”
This is precisely the same policy as previous administrations.
Or take Clinton’s remarks about the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. She says the
Obama administration “wasted no time in starting an intensive effort on day one to realize the rights of Palestinians
and Israelis to live in peace and security in two states”.
President Bush said exactly the same thing in not dissimilar language, only to implement
an actual policy that fully supported Israel’s crimes against the Palestinians, including it’s 23-day full-scale
military assault on Gaza beginning December 27.
U.S. policy under Obama hasn’t altered that framework one iota. The House of
Representatives, for example, just approved Obama’s foreign aid budget that rewards Israel for it’s massacre of
Palestinians in Gaza and other violations of international law with an additional $2.2 billion, on top of $555 million already
allocated earlier this year.
Still, we are supposed to believe that the Obama administration is doing something
“to ease the living conditions of Palestinians, and create circumstances that can lead to the establishment of a viable
Palestinian state.” Clinton offers no evidence that the U.S. has done anything more than spout rhetoric about this,
rendered meaningless by the U.S.’s actual actions.
Bush and Obama alike have paid lip service to the rights and aspirations of the Palestinians,
but the actual facts about U.S. foreign policy point to an opposite conclusion from the one Clinton would have the public
believe.
Clinton’s remarks on Iran similarly reflect perfect continuity from the Bush
administration framework, asserting “the Iranian march toward a nuclear weapon” as fact, despite the complete
lack of evidence to support the claim, and even the conclusion of the U.S.’s own intelligence community to the contrary.
The Obama administration has made it’s position clear. It is willing to engage
in “diplomacy” with Iran. The proposed “dialogue” and offer “to engage Iran” would entail
“giving its leaders a clear choice: whether to join the international community as a responsible member” by acquiescing
to U.S. demands to halt uranium enrichment, “or to continue down a path to further isolation” by refusing to accept
the U.S. ultimatum.
This policy doesn’t differ from Bush’s one jot or one tittle, except inasmuch
as it is an escalation of the Bush policy. “We remain ready to engage with Iran,” Clinton reminds us, “but
the time for action is now. The opportunity will not remain open indefinitely.”
As Clinton has explained earlier, sanctions even more stringent than those imposed
under Bush, “crippling sanctions” in her words, will follow. Iran must be punished for refusing to bow to the
will of Washington, and if there’s a change, it’s that Obama is even more eager than Bush to inflict it.
The policy formula for Afghanistan and Pakistan is familiar enough: “In Afghanistan
and Pakistan, our goal is to disrupt, dismantle, and ultimately defeat al-Qaida and its extremist allies, and to prevent their
return to either country.” This warrants little comment, other than the observation that Obama hasn’t only
continued Bush’s policy here, but escalated it by “sending an additional 17,000 troops and 4,000 military trainers
to Afghanistan.”
Or take Iraq, where the Obama administration is “developing a long-term economic
and political relationship … as outlined by the US-Iraq Strategic Framework Agreement” that was implemented under
the Bush administration. No comment is required here.
And what about U.S. policy towards “enemy combatants”? Clinton asserted,
“We renewed our own values by prohibiting torture” — but torture has always been prohibited under U.S. law.
Obama’s Executive Order didn’t do anything new, it merely reiterated already existing prohibitions.
Clinton said the administration is “beginning to close the Guantanamo Bay detention
facility.” What she meant is that they’ve begun the process of beginning the process to close “Gitmo”.
It’s a long ways from actually closing, and there’s plenty of opposition and other obstacles to overcome before
this can happen, assuming the administration is sincere in its stated desire to shut Gitmo down.
There’s little reason to doubt their sincerity; shutting down Gitmo would be
a useful way to do away with what has become a symbol for the unjustness of U.S. detention policy while doing little or nothing
to actually alter that policy.
Obama, for instance, has not challenged, but accepted and reinforced the assumption
of Executive power employed under the Bush administration under which detainees were captured and imprisoned in Gitmo in the
first place.
On policy issue after policy issue, the continual torrrent of media commentary to the
contrary aside, the Obama administration represents a continuation of the existing power establishment and goals and means
of furthering U.S. strategic interests as defined by that very narrow and entirely self-interested segment of American society.
The CFR itself is among the prominent means by which these narrow interests perpetuate
themselves. Clinton, herself a member, made some telling offhand remarks before beginning her scripted speech. Remarking on
the CFR’s new headquarters in Washington, D.C., she said, “I am delighted to be here in these new headquarters.
I have been often to I guess the mother ship in New York City, but it’s good to have an outpost of the Council right
here down the street from the State Department. We get a lot of advice from the Council, so this will mean I won’t
have as far to go to be told what we should be doing and how we should think about the future.”
WASHINGTON - Hate crimes legislation appears to be on the move in the Senate.
The White House sent America's top lawyer to argue for expanding protections to homosexuals,
bisexuals and trans-gendered victims. Still, critics --including many pastors-- fear the proposed law is unnecessary,
unconstitutional and a violation of freedom of speech.
To contact your representative and senator, call the U.S. Capitol Switchboard at
(202) 224-3121 and ask for your senators' and/or representative's office. Or Find your representative's contact information,
on the links below. Let your voice be heard.
Attorney General Eric Holder, referring to this month's hate-inspired killing at the Holocaust
museum, made his pitch for updating hate crimes laws to include what he calls society's most vulnerable. He told lawmakers
that elevating sexual orientation and gender identity to federally-protected classes is a top priority for the Obama administration.
"Perpetrators of hate crimes seek to deny the humanity we all share regardless of the color
of sin, the god to whom we pray or the person we choose to love," he said.
On Thursday, Sept. 18, 2008, the astonished leadership of the U.S. Congress was told in a private session
by the chairman of the Federal Reserve that the American economy was in grave danger of a complete meltdown within a matter
of days. "There was literally a pause in that room where the oxygen left," says Sen. Christopher Dodd (D-Conn.).
WND: Congressman warns of 'Big Brother dossier' … Bill would ensure citizens aren't
forced to take extended Census survey
New laws and regulations continue to emerge that enable the police,
our public servants, to make privacy a thing of the past. The Orwellian laws allowing such actions are passed
under the guise of fighting terrorism, or preventing another terrorist attack. If anyone is to question the Constitutionality
of these laws, they are labeled a terrorist and asked what they are trying to hide.
The “what do you have to hide mentality” that is so prevalent
today creates the false perception that anyone who questions the police has something to hide. The reality of the matter is
that many people are upset with the ridiculous amounts of surveillance being used on the public. The introduction of “Ghost Cars” to sneak up on drivers using their cellphone only highlights the outlandish surveillance system that is currently being put
in place. More intrusive technology is also making its way to a nearby street, with head-mounted cameras being introduced to police in San Jose.
If you thought head-mounted cameras and incognito cars were bad, then you’re in for
a shocker. In Britain, all telecoms companies and internet service providers are required by law to keep a record of every customer’s personal communications. This includes who they have contacted, when it happened and where it happened,
and all of the websites they have visited. These companies are being required by law to spy on the people.
It’s not simply suggested, it’s mandatory.
That isn’t all. Yahoo has recently come under fire after the website Cryptome posted
Yahoo’s Compliance Guide for Law Enforcement. The guide is 17 pages long and details data retention policy as well as
surveillance capabilities offered to law enforcement. According to Kim Zetter of Wired magazine, the guide includes information relating to the retention of IP addresses and Yahoo instant message logs.
The IP addresses of users are reportedly kept for one year, and the Yahoo instant messenger chat logs are retained for 45
to 60 days. This also includes the user’s friend list and the time that each conversation occurred.
When presented with the information, it is rather evident that we are indeed living in a surveillance
society. While it can seem overwhelming, there still are many victories had in courts around the United States. Recently,
the Ohio Supreme Court declared that cops need a warrant to search phones. Perhaps this will cause a ripple effect with other states? As soon as people realize that the surveillance put in place
is being used on them, and not terrorists, they will be concerned. It is our job to educate them.
Are you a student of Bible prophecy who has discovered that the Bible teaches the planet will soon be under
the control of the one-world government of the Antichrist before Jesus comes and institutes His one-world government? Do you
believe the Bible teaches murdering our children is wrong and homosexuality destroys lives and that we should speak out against
them? Do you feel the increasing immorality is fueling increasing crime, and wish to defend your children with a firearm?
Do you love America and want to see it obey its own Constitution limiting federal power and enforcing its own immigration
laws? Are you a military veteran who has bled for the freedom of your country?
If you can answer "yes" to just one of these, then you are now considered by America's own Department
of Homeland Security to be a "domestic rightwing terrorists."
The Document
The U.S. Department of Homeland Security's (DHS) Office of Intelligence and Analysis, Extremism
and Radicalization Branch, in coordination with the FBI, released their ten page Homeland Environment Threat Analysis on April
7, 2009, titled "Rightwing Extremism: Current Economic and Political Climate Fueling Resurgence in Radicalization and Recruitment." The purpose of this "one of a series" of threat analysis is "to facilitate a greater understanding of the phenomenon
of violent radicalization in the United States" so that all "law enforcement officials... may effectively deter, prevent,
preempt, or respond to terrorist attacks against the United States."
VeriChip Corporation, makers of health care-related RFID solutions, have announced the development
of a new, smaller version of its human-implantable RFID microchip. The new microchip measures approximately 8 millimeters
by 1 millimeter, compared to the currently marketed version’s 11 millimeter by 1 millimeter dimensions.
The new device has been developed specifically to be incorporated into Medical Components Inc.’s
vascular ports. It is the product of an agreement with Medcomp, announced this March, to develop and manufacture a RFID microchip
exclusively for implantation into Medcomp’s vascular access medical devices. The agreement is reported to be worth over
$3 million over five-years.
The completion of the agreement between VeriChip and Medcomp is contingent upon FDA approval
of the vascular pump containing the microchip.
Tennessee speeders could get fingerprinted
Bill ignites debate about privacy vs. cost savings
By Nicole Young • THE TENNESSEAN • May 16, 2009
FINGERPRINTING TRAFFIC OFFENDERS IN METRO
• A driver is stopped by an officer. • The officer enters the
citation information electronically, via a laptop in the patrol car. • The officer goes over the
citation with the driver and at the conclusion of the discussion, the driver is asked for a fingerprint to affirm receipt
of the citation. • The officer takes the driver’s fingerprint using a device that resembles
a flashlight. The driver puts his finger on the lens and the device reads it electronically. • The
officer prints a receipt containing details of the citation, including when to appear in court using a printer installed in
the patrol car.
Government Borrows 50 Cents on Every Dollar It Spends WASHINGTON (AP) -- The government will have to borrow nearly 50 cents for every dollar it spends this year, exploding
the record federal deficit past $1.8 trillion under new White House estimates.
TG: G20 summit: Gordon Brown announces 'new world order'
Is the U.S. about to lose its status as the dominant global superpower?
Will the dollar collapse? If so, what would become the new global reserve currency and what would replace U.S. hegemony in
a new world order?
Guardian: Big Brother is watching: surveillance box to track drivers is backed
The U.S. Army is investigating how active duty soldiers were placed on the streets of Alabama last week following a murder spree
there. Read the column by clicking here.
This is a very interesting unfolding story in Europe right now…
A. whereas a work-free Sunday is an essential pillar of the European Social
Model and a part of the European cultural heritage,
B. whereas a EUROFOUND survey shows that the likelihood of sickness and absenteeism
in establishments that work on Saturdays and Sundays is 1.3 times greater compared with establishments that do not require
staff to work at the weekend,
C. whereas, according to EU law, Sunday is the weekly rest day for children
and adolescents,
D. whereas the European institutions, bodies and agencies have not worked
on Sundays since their creation and do not intend to do so in the future, despite the diversity of religious, cultural
and ethnic backgrounds of EU officials and decision-makers,
1. Calls on the Member States and the EU institutions to protect Sunday, as
a weekly rest day, in forthcoming national and EU working-time legislation in order to enhance the protection of workers’
health and the reconciliation of work and family life;
2. Instructs its President to forward this declaration, together with the
names of the signatories, to the Council, the Commission and the parliamentary committees for social affairs of the national
parliaments.
In order Full Storyto be adopted, it is now necessary for the Written Declaration to be signed by a majority (394) of MEPs before 7 May 2009.
What it Does: * Legally binds state agriculture depts to enforcing federal guidelines effectively
taking away the states power to do anything other than being food police for the federal dept. * Effectively criminalizes
organic farming but doesn’t actually use the word organic. * Effects anyone growing food even if they are not selling
it but consuming it. * Effects anyone producing meat of any kind including wild game. * Legislation is so broad based
that every aspect of growing or producing food can be made illegal. There are no specifics which is bizarre considering how
long the legislation is. * Section 103 is almost entirely about the administrative aspect of the legislation. It will allow
the appointing of officials from the factory farming corporations and lobbyists and classify them as experts and allow them
to determine and interpret the legislation. Who do you think they are going to side with? * Section 206 defines what will
be considered a food production facility and what will be enforced up all food production facilities. The wording is so broad
based that a backyard gardener could be fined and more. * Section 207 requires that the state’s agriculture dept
act as the food police and enforce the federal requirements. This takes away the states power and is in violation of the 10th
amendment.
One week before a new President who campaigned on a promise to fix the economy
takes office, public media provider WNET.ORG is putting the meaning of money into context – where it came from, where
it goes, and why it has always been (and always will be) the fulcrum of civilization. THE ASCENT OF MONEY, a two-hour documentary
based on the newly-released book The Ascent of Money: A Financial History of the World (Penguin Group USA), will
premiere on Tuesday, January 13 at 9 p.m. (ET) on PBS
The report from the War College’s Strategic Studies Institute
warns that the U.S. military must prepare for a “violent, strategic dislocation inside the United States” that
could be provoked by “unforeseen economic collapse” or “loss of functioning political and legal order.”
Full Story
Countries that have historically friendly relations with U.S. begin to issue passports
to residents traveling abroad complete with facial-recognition software and digital chips
VATICAN CITY – Pope Benedict XVI challenged world
leaders on Thursday to make major changes to the global financial system, saying short-term answers to the financial crisis
weren’t sufficient. Full Story
She is once
again making her 'mark'. Now is time more than ever to prepare for what is coming on the earth and pray and study like never
before. The following was released this morning: The Catholic Church wants Sunday observance enshrined in EU law. The European
Parliament is debating changes ...
A federal judge says South Carolina must stop marketing and making license
plates that feature the image of a cross and the words "I...
"Sicko" is not a movie about the 50 million Americans
walking around without health insurance. Sicko is a movie about the other 250 million of us who have insurance, but are being
taken advantage of.
"Sicko" investigates the United States health care system with a focus
on for-profit health insurance and the pharmaceutical industry.
Barack Obama and Sunday Blue Law
See what is creeping up on us faster than ever. This is not a joke.So
perhaps we should consider enacting a Sunday Law. Not to restrict people from working, but to give liberty to those
who can’t choose. And imagine the tax dollars that would be saved?Full Story